CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SAILING CENTER EXPANSION - 07-0040-MA
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CLEARWATER COMMUNITY
SAILING CENTER
EXPANSION (07-0040-MA)
PREPARED FOR
~ Clearwater
u
ISSUED FOR BID
JANUARY/2008
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT
OF
BID
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SAILING CENTER
EXPANSION (07-0040-MA)
1001 Gulf Boulevard, Clearwater, Florida
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this project are available for inspection and/or
purchase by prospective bidders at the Municipal Services Bldg., Engineering Office, 2nd Floor,
Room 220, 100 So. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Florida, bet\veen the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.
Monday thru Friday, ON WEDNESDAY, JANLARY 30, 200S, until no later than close of
business three days preceding the bid opening. A charge of $SO.OO, none ofwhicb will be refunded,
will be made for each set.
The work for which proposals are invited consists of: Construct a two-story expansion of wood
and concrete decks and stairs to the existing Community Sailing Center of approximately
1,650 square feet per floor. The work includes but is not limited to: site, civil, telephone,
electrical, masonry, rooting, site restoration and all other elements shown on the construction
drawings and technical specitications.
A RECOMMENDED Pre-Bid Conference is being held on MONDAY, FEBRUARY 11, 200S
at 10:00 AM at the Municipal Services Building, Room 130, 100 S. Myrtle Avenue,
Clearwater, Florida.
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasim!: lVlana2.er, at the Purchasin2. Office, located
at the Municipal Services Bld2.., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., 3rdFloor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-
5520, until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 2S, 200S, and publicly opened and read at
that hour and place for CLEARWATER CO:Ml\llJNITY SAILING CENTER EXPANSION
(07-0040-MA).
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond fonns, contract fCl1111, aftldavits
and proposal fonn is available only to City pre-qualified contractors in the construction
category of COMMERCIAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION with a minimum pre-
qualification amount of $300,000.00.
Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project as a General Contractor must do so two
weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are
not pre-qualified but who may be interested as a possible subcontractor, supplier, etc., may purchase
a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and pay items worksheet.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager ofthe City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Cleanvater, Florida
George McKibben, Purchasing Manager
(727) 562-4634
SECTION II
INSTRUCTION
TO
BIDDERS
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
SECTION II ............................... .............................................................................. .......... ............ i
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS.......................................................................... 1
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1
4 INTERPRET A TIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND ....................................................................................3
6 CONTRACT TIME.................................................................................................... ...... 3
7 LI QUID A TED D AMA GES ............................................................................................. 3
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT .........................................................3
9 SUBCONTRACTORS ........ ............... ............................................................ ...... ....... ...... 3
10 BID/PRO POSAL FO RM ................................................................................................. 4
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5
13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5
14 DISQU ALIFI CATION OF BIDDER.............................................................................. 5
15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT............................................................................................... 7
19 BID PR OTES T ................................................................ ........................... ....................... 7
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 8
SectionILdoc
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section II -Instructions to Bidders
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the
Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount represents
reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A eomplete bidders package containing plans,
specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only
to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who
may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a
"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so
only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant
any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1 Eaeh prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, finaneial
resourees and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining
drawings, specifications and contract doeuments. An application package for pre-
qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering
Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-
4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street
address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and
delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14)
days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City
do not have to make reapplication.
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Doeuments thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinanecs, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and
notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifieations and/or the Seope of the Work for identifieation
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have
been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely
upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical
data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the
purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical
conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities)
which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in
preparation of the Contract Doeuments, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the teehnical
SectionII.doc
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of
bidding or construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions,
possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditions.
3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide eaeh Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required
by the Contraet Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or proeedures
of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the
Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response
to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all
parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents.
Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be
answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and
other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect.
SectionII.doc
2
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section 11 - Instructions to Bidders
4.2
Addendamay also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the
City or Engineer.
.
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) ofthe Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of
a eertified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the
Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds witbin ten (10) days after the award of contract
by the City Commission, the City may annul tbe bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will
be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the suceessful execution of
the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid opening.
5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
6 CONTRACT TIME
6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effeetive date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General
Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9 SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence
of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the
Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed
fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If
the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed
SectionII.doc
3
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section II -Instructions to Bidders
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, hemay, before reeomrhending award
of the Contract.
Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not
eonstitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Commission will be deemed aeceptable to the City subject to revocation of such
acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in
ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder
must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations
or erasures, the priee for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract
Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump
sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for
completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be
found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the
work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the
work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct
proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items.
10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a viee-
president (or other corporate offieer aceompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or partnership.
10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be exeeuted in the partnership name and signed by a general
partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indieated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the bid
documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be. enclosed in another envelope with the
notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater,
attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the
SectionII.doc
4
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by
the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modifieation shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for
receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modifY the bid for
typographical or serivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the
requested correetion of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or
modifY any bid.
13 REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds
for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized
alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that
Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful
finaneial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the
City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists
among the bidders, the participants in such eollusion will not be considered in future
proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Mfidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which
in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees
SectionlI.doc
5
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section II ~ Instructions to Bidders
and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractor shall payall applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales
tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements.
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor
Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders
with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with
respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of
commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has
implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process.
Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied
bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace
program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six
statements and the accompanying certification statement:
(1) Publish a statement notifYing employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a eontrolled substance is prohibited in the workplace and
specifYing the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy
of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and
employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for
drug abuse violations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notifY the employees that, as a condition of
working on the eommodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will
abide by the terms of the statement and will notifY the employer of any conviction of, or
plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any eontrolled
substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the
workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
(5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory.participation in a drug abuse assistance
or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee
who is so convicted.
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certifY that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
SectionII.doc
6
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section 11 - Instructions to Bidders
18 AWARDOFCONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in
favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of
figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifieations of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may
be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and
experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by
the Contractor for the Work. The City may eonduct sueh investigations as the City
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and
other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the
best interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contraet will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items
in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will
be awarded to only one Contractor.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the
solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of hislher complaints initially with
the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with
protest procedures set forth in this section.
19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids or
due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to eaeh
bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders
upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should eite
specifie portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly
been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of
intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions
should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five
business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully
SectionII.doc
7
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section 11- Instructions to Bidders
coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City
Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager,
he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that
response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original
formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City
Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the
matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work
days of receipt of the appeal.
19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event ofa timely protest, the
Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all
administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written
determination that the award of contract without delay is neeessary to protect the best
interest of the City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections
553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650
Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
SectionlT.doc
8
Revised: 5/1l/2005
SECTION III
GENERAL
CONDITIONS
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
SECTION III................ ..... ......................................... ........................ ..... ....... .......... ............ .......... i
GENERAL CONDITIONS........................................................................................... ... .... ....... i
DEFINITIONS............... ...... .................................. ........... ............. ............................. ...... 1
PRELIMINARY MATTERS.......... ...................... ................ ................................. .......... 4
DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 4
COPIES OF DOCUMENTS............................................... .............. ........................... .... 4
COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMEINOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THE PROJECT..................................................................... ........................................... 4
BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ...... .................................. ............................. 5
PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE............ ................. ................................... ........ 5
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,. INTENT ......................................................................... 5
INTENT.. .......... ....................... .... ................................................................. ................... 5
REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 6
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS.... ...................... ...... .......... .................. ...... ..... ......... .................... 6
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS.............................. ............................... ............................ 6
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 6
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 7
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS.... ........... .................................................. ...... ............... ..... ......... 7
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 7
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND............................... 7
5.2 INSURANCE........ ........................ .................................................. ..... ............. ......... ...... 8
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ....................................................... 9
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE ........................ 9
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITy................................................ 10
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 10
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 11
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE .............................................................11
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 11
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 12
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 12
6.5 USE OF PREMISES ............... ..................................................... ....................... ........... 13
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 14
6. 7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS...... ... .............. ....... ............. ...... ...... ..... ........... ........ ....... 14
6.8 PERMITS................................................................................................ ....................... 14
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..... ........................ ........ ....................... ...... ............. ...... 15
6.10 EMERGENCIES........... ...... .............................................................................. ............. 15
6.11 DRAWINGS ...... .................................................................. ........................ ........ .......... 16
1
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3
3.1
3.2
4
SectionIII.doc
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES....... ....... .............................................. ........ 16
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ................................................ .......... ................ ........ ....... 17
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS ........................................................ .... ..... ............................... 19
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: .......................... ......................................................................... 20
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE........................... 21
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................ .......... .... .................... ......... ..... 21
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION...... .................................................... .......... ..... ........................... 21
7 OTHER WORK...... ........ ....... ....... ...... ..................... ........ ........ ........... ..... ...... ................. 22
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 22
7 .2 COORDINATION............ ................................... ............................................... ........... 23
8 0 WNERS RESPONSIBILITy.................. ..................... .................... .... ....... ................ 23
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 23
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 23
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS........................................................ 24
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 24
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 24
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ............................. ........................................................... 24
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 25
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK.......................................................................................... 25
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE................................................................... 26
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE.................................................................... 26
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADmSTMENT ....................... 27
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .. ......... ................. ............................ .... ......... ......... ............... .""" 27
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 28
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
OF DEFECTIVE WORK........ ......................................................... .............. ......... ....... 28
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION ............. ............................... ............ ........... ............... ........ 28
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK .......................................................................................29
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK ........................................................................ 29
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 30
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 30
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ...................................................................30
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK .......................................................30
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .........................................31
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ....,...................................................... 31
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ...............................................................32
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 32
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ..... ............ ........ ...... ............... .............. ...... ............ ....... ....... 33
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION. ....... .... .... ..... ............... ................ .................. ...... .................. ..... 33
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 33
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPT ANCE...................................................................34
14.8 W AlVER OF CLAIMS .................................................................................................34
SectionIlLdoc
ii
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ....................................................35
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK.................................. ...................... ........ ...... 35
15 .2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE.................................................................... ............ ...... 35
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 36
16 DISPUTE RESO L UTI ON .............................................................................................. 36
1 7 MISCELLANEOUS ................................................... ........ .......... .............. ........ ............ 37
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS.................................................................37
17.2 GIVING NOTICE................................ ........ ......... ............................... .......................... 37
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM........................................................ .... ....... .................................. 37
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED..................................... 37
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT .................................................................................37
17 .6 RENEWAL OPTION ................................................. ........ ..................... ..... ........... ...... 37
SectionIlI.doc
111
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section 111 - General Conditions
1 DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifY, correct
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agreement
The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be
performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part
thereof as provided therein.
Applicationfor Payment
The form accepted by ARCHITECT which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting
documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Florida.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
SectionIII.doc
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement.
Day
A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifyingthe word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifieations or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer or his duly appointed representative.
Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
professional associate or consultant with respeet to the Project and who is identified as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
Furnish
The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise speeifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifieations. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or
overseemg.
Laws and Regulations .
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
SectionIlI.doc
2
Revised: 5111/2005
Section III ~ General Conditions
Notice to Proceed
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner
The City of Clearwater, Florida
Person
A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial
entity.
Project
The total eonstruction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by
or for Contraetor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard
schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a
supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion ofthe
Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially eomplete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct
contraet with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
SectionlII.doc
3
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contraetor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Doeuments. Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing serviees and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effeetive Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Direetive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
Owner such Bonds and Certificates ofInsurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this
contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for execution.
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO
PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior to the date which the Contact Time commences to run.
SectionIII.doc
4
Revised: 5/1I/2005
Section IJI- General Conditions
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in
the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of Owner or Engineer,
either before or after the execution of this Contraet, shall affect or modify any of the terms or
obligations herein eontained. Contraetor shall not commence any work at any time without
approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be
the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer may
schedule a conferenee to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as appropriate to
establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule
of the Work and general Contract procedures.
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1 INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a funetionally eomplete project (or part thereof) to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment
which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or
from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not speeifically ealled for. When words or phrases, which have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordanee with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer.
Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such
reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise
specifieally stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard
specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the
responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall change the
duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees
from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
shall be issued by Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be
inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be
SectionIILdoc
5
Revised: 5111/2005
Section III - General Conditions
read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any
such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either
party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary
Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications
or Addenda the latest will govern.
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specifieation, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract
Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications,
provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report
any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should
have known thereof
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAilABiliTY OF lANDS
Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is
to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are
designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identifY any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor
will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent
changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided
in the Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work whieh
have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contraetor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent
physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those
indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those
conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall
obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and
Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are
subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
SectionIIl.doc
6
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contraetor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER
prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a
member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any
excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the
protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in
local telephone directory.
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner.
Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires
relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the
accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel.
The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information
regarding the provision of construction surveys. Excessive stake replacement caused by
negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the
Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be
eomputed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with
a minimum charge of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in an amount at least
equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all
Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect at
least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is
prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish
such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the
form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named
in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on
SectionIII.doc
7
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570
(amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, u.s. Treasury
Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such
agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section
255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the
Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. The Owner reserves
the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared
bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any
part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both
of which must be acceptable to the Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and
Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or
furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for
damages beeause of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense direetly or indireetly related
to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v)
Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with
copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured)
which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The
policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i)
include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability) City of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the
respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed
operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity
obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement
that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at
least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each
other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contraetor as
described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times
thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed
operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in
SectionIII.doc
8
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner ilnd each other
additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance
has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation
of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number
of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
5.2.1
WORKER'S COMPENSA liON INSURANCE
Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory
(2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000.
5.2.2
PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate
SectionIILdoc
9
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
5.2.3
COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles:
Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Aceident $1,000,000. Each Accident
(2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other
similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages,
which may be less than required by these Contract Doeuments. Owner shall not be responsible
for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. The Owner may at its option require a copy of the
Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document
shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No
deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from the Owner.
LOD2shore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.c. 932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the u.s.
Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Aet provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7,
8, and 9 of the Aet. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor
fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to
secure the payment of compensation.
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance
will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other
persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or
additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages
caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that
in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against
any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all rights
against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies
and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights
against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under
such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the
SectionlII.doc
10
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
rights that any party. making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise
payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all rights against Contractor,
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and
agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential
loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused
by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by Owner and; (ii)
loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting
from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the eompleted
Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after
final payment.
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contraetor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but Contractor shall not
be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
eompetent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to Owner and
Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's
representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer shall
notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful,
disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the projeet and shall
not again be employed on it except with the written consent of Engineer.
Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection eosts incurred as
a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner's normally
approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime eosts may either be dedueted from the
Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to
release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to receive a monthly check from the
Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs. Minimum number of chargeable hours for
inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per
hour shall be $40.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, sueh sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, layout and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
SectionIII.doc
11
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
discipline and order at the site. Exeept as otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated
in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours
and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday,
or any legal holiday without Owner's consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion ofthe Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
"or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and
sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a
proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review
of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination.
All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be
at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or
submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability.
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND
OTHERS
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
SectionUJ.doc
12
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to payor to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the
work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to
communicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not payor employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confme construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in
or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or
resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction
SectionllI.doc
13
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
equiPment and machinery and stitplus inaterials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in
the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject to patent rights or eopyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnifY and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of eaeh and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for
monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any
work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor
shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however,
it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor's obligations to Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining
such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees
necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids.
Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and Owner shall
pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment
fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will
be waived.
SectionIIl.doc
14
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials
and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direet; Contractor shall, and shall cause
Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the
weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been
damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so
protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of
Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which
shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the
education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe
conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees.
The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program
and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of
construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal
protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The
Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to Owner's employees,
equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of
loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to the Owner, and the Contractor shall
remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all
persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his
employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their
safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians
and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection ofthe Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner
and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer
SectionIlI .doc
15
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
prompt Written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a
change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to
document the consequences of such action.
6.11 DRAWINGS
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities,. dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples
to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions,
specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication,
shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,
and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop
Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work
and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific Written indication that
Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall
give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample
submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a
Written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on eaeh Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and
approval of each such variation.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to meiillS, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
on previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
SectionIII.doc
16
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section 1Il- General Conditions
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans,
including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the
construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the
plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not
indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which
are revealed during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times during the
progress of the Project.
The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance
with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests.
The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-
Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the City Inspector for
approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance offmal pay request.
Prior to plaeing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
interseetion drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The City's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1
General
The Contractor/Consultant shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 6lG17-6,
Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered
land surveyor. Two hard copies of signed and sealed as-builts and an AutoCAD file will be
provided for this purpose.
Definition: 6lG17-6.002(8)(a) As-Builts Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or
vertieal dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also
know as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the City of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the City will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back eharge the contractor a fee of $1 ,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the City
with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
SectionIII.doc
17
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
construction plans. New sanitary setviceconnections and replaced sanitary service
connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes,
cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions,
pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if
one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and defleetions. Also all new
and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described
above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear
type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, I-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5
Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the City the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90
(horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be
the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical),
must be approved by the City of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6
Standards
lbe As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61G17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the City to have minimum location points at
every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7
Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
SectionIII.doc
18
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
6~11.3 . ..CAO..STANDAROS
,.::....;..'.:.
6.11.3.1 Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes
DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) -line
work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text - use for all text, no matter the prefix
6 11 3 1 2 L
" " . . a"er ammg e 1m Ions:
GAS gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC power lines and appurtenances
PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC curbs
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
.
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOES LOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEA WALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
N
o fi "f
SectionIII.doc
19
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
:_~ :. ~ ~ ~
WALL walls, ex.cept seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property comers, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 00, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.50, and a text
height of .010 times the plot scale.
6.11.4 DELlVERABLES:
The as-built survey shall be produced on stable based Mylar or vellum material, 24" x 36" at a
scale of 1" = 20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in
digital format with all project data in Land Development Desktop (LDD) Rl or later, including
all associated dependent files. When LDD is not available, upon approval by the City of
Clearwater Project Manager, a standard ASCII file can be delivered with all associated drawing
and dependent files. The ASCII file shall be a comma or space delimited containing code, point
number, northing, easting, elevation and description for each data point. Example below space
delimited ASCII file:
POINT #
284
NORTHING
1361003.838
EASTING
264286.635
ELEV
25.00
DESC
BCV
or Comma Delimited ASCII File:
284,361003.838,264286.635,25.00, BCV (PNEZD)
An AutoCAD Release 2000 drawing or later drawing file shall be submitted.
NOTE: If approved deviation from Clearwater or Pinellas County CAD standards are used the
consultant shall include all necessary information to aid in manipulating the drawings including
either PCP, CTB file or pen schedule for plotting.
The drawing file shall include only authorized fonts, shapes, line types or other attributes
contained in the standard AutoDesk, Inc. release. All block references and references
contained within the drawing file shall be included.
SectionULdoc
20
Revised: 5/1112005
Section III - General Conditions
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727)562-4762 or email
address TomMahony@myClearwater.com
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution
or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own
expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its
completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any
defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contraet Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by
Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or fmal payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of
a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the
Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any
acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer.
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance ofthe Work,
provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself),
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or
SectionIIl.doc
21
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such
indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor
shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so
settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on such
account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall
indemnify and save harmless Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner
or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by
any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor,
Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts
or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this
paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers,
directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any
of them.
7 OTHER WORK
7 .1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, or let
other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have
other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was
not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to Contractor
prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may make a claim therefore if
Contractor believes that such performanee will involve additional expense to Contractor or
requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each
utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees)
proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and
coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,
Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the work that may be required to make its
several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not
endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will
only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will
be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit
of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for
the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and
other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the Project, the
contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or arbitration, if
he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on aceount of any damage alleged to
have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such
SectionlU.doc
22
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom the
Contractor shall payor satisfy the judgment and pay all costs incurred by the Owner.
If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to
Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it
unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's work. Contractor's
failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for
integration with Contractor's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in
such other work.
7.2 COORDINATION
If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications
to Contractor through Engineer.
Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the
Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may
Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with Owner's right to
terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during
SectionIll.doc
23
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer
may determine necessary, whieh shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable
from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies
an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to
the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided
in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be
defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the
articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's
authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and
Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge
of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the
acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for
Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred
initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this
paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the
claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than
thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting
data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such
occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of
additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing
party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a
formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
any, in aecordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or
other matter will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from
Engineer's decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers decision, or the appeal time
Section III .doc
24
Revised: 51ll/2005
Section III - General Conditions
which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between the Owner and Contractor for
the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into,
a written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or
Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a
formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of
the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or
Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such
claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or
Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter
pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision
of the Contraet Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or
not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any
authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by
Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to
any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subeontractor,
any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work.
Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all
maintenance and operating instructions, sehedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of
inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the
Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content eomplies with the requirements
of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that
the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Engineer's Consultants and assistants.
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or
from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions
or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change
Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work
SectionIII.doc
25
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
involved which will be performed under the applicable conditioIls of the Contract Docliments
(except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in
article for Uncovering Work.
Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Engineer covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of
defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective
Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the
parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any
such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any sueh notice will be Contraetor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice
of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of
the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event
(unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data
in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the
claimed adjustment eovers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
SectionIII.doc
26
Revised: 5/1l/2005
Section III - General Conditions
submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The. value of any Work covered by a Change Oider
or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where
the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application
of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not
covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered
by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit
prices for the Work.
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii)
Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer
to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the
Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly
adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Priee Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit
price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover
Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may
make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of
sueh item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled
to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner
believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree
as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contraets, the Owner endeavors
to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is
expected that in the normal course of project eonstruction and completion that not all unit
quantities will be used in their entirety and that a fmalizing change order which adjusts contract
unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result
in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract
Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid.
SectionIII.doc
27
Revised: 5/1112005
Section HI - General Conditions
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer
promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer
allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and
shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire
adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence
of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined
by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather eonditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an extension of
the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be
Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. Tn no event shall Owner be liable to
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee
or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or
within the control of Contraetor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but
not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility
owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other
Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests or approvals, and shall eooperate with inspection and testing personnel to
facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents.
Sectionill.doc
28
Revised: 5/l1/2005
Section III - General Conditions
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all City Building Departments and City Utility Departments, Contractor
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals,
pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection
or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City permit and impact fees will
be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all
costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's
acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix
designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for
incorporation of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be
uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at
Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention
to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such
notice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by
Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or
inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or
otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that
portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is
found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection
and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all
eosts of repair or replaeement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change
in Contract Priee. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contraetor shall be
allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones),
or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent
thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract
Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work,
or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of
Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to
exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops
Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or
increase in Contract Price.
SectionIILdoc
29
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVALdF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer,
remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all
claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents orby any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in
accordance with Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been
rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii)
satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others
resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions,
or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the
defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs,
losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the eorrection period hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers
to accept it, Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of
and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to
reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final
payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may
make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance
occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid
by Contractor to Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct
defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance
SectionIIl.doc
30
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Doeuments, or if Contractor fails to comply with any
other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to
Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
this paragraph Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and
remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all
or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of
Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate
in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid
Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's
representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's
Consultants aceess to the site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this
paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising
such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued
incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the
article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not
be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by
correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be
allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies
hereunder.
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an
Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering theW ork completed as of
the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the
Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,
payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment
will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials,
labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application
for Payment for the total of all Work completed to date will be held until final eompletion and
acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be
construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the
Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of any progress
payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid
any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contraetor to provide the report as required
herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is
provided.
SectionIII.doc
31
Revised: 5/1112005
Section III - General Conditions
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no
later than the time of payment, free and clear ofliens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall
be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnifY and save Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
. Contractor shall at Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation
a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until
satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon
payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no
event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon Owner to
the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be
deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by Owner shall be considered as
payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to
Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a
recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the Application to
Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may
refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the Owner. Engineer may also
refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the
results of subsequent inspections or test, nullifY any such payment previously recommended, to
sueh extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: (i)
the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or
replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii)
Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has
actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension
of Work and Termination.
Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer because:
(i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing
of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has
delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such
Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount reeommended, or
(iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner
shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the
reasons for such actions, and the Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld,
SectionlII.doc
32
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor correctst6
Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTiliZATION
Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer and Contractor
agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner
for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the
remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject
to the following:
Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the
Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If
Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to
Owner and Engineer that such part ofthe Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time
may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate
of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such
request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to
determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be
substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons
therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility
in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Engineer will make a final inspeetion with Owner and Contractor and will notify
Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has
delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions,
schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the
paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents as
may be required in the Contraet Documents and other documents, Contractor may make
application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final
Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all
documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if
necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of
such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by Owner, Contraetor may furnish receipts or
releases in full and an affidavit of Contraetor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor,
SectionlII.doc
33
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section II1- General Conditions
services, material and equipmenffor which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all paYrolls, material
and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or
Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any
Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish
a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien.
Prior to applieation for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through. no fault of Contractor, final completion of theW ork is significantly delayed and if
Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment
and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance
to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for
Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer
with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of
claims.
If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection,
and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation,
all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been
completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled,
Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to
Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notiee to Owner and Contractor that
the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return
the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final
payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and
substance, Owner shall, within sixty-five days after reeeipt thereof pay contractor the amount
recommended by Engineer.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by Owner
against Contraetor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's eontinuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those
previously made in writing and still unsettled.
SectionIIl.doc
34
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a
period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on
which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or
both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim
therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or
if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as
herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to Owner that the rate of
progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part
thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent
they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has
paid Contraetor but whieh are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem
expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the
Work is finished. If the unpaid balance ofthe Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and
damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess
will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed sueh unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed
by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a
Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner
shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue.
Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from
liability.
SectionlII.doc
35
Revised: 5/1112005
Section III - General Conditions
Upon seven days' written notice toContract6tandEngineer, Owner may, without cause arid
without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, eleet to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on
any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for sixty days
to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days'
written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy sueh
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the
Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor shall
not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an
Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty
days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's
written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due
Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making
claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise
for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this
article.
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute
provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration.
SectionIIJ .doc
36
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section III - General Conditions
17 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or required to
be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer
subject to the approval ofthe Owner.
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents
or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the
other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The
provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each ease, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its
rights to notice of assignment.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued through Public Works Administration may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the City and the ContractorN endor. All terms, eonditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or
in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the City, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds,
and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by Public Works
Administration.
SectionlII.doc
37
Revised: 5/11/2005
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
~
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents:
SECTION IV..... ................. ....................... ......... ................. ....... ........ ............. ............................... i
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. ....................... ................ ............. .... ........ ... .......... ............. .... i
1 SCO P.E 0 F WORK.............. .......................................... .................. .......... ...................... iii
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ...................... .... ...... ... .... .... ......................... ............................ iii
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ................................................................................. iv
2 LINE, GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS................................................................ 1
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ...............1
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITy................................. 1
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS .......... ........... ........ ........... ..... ...... ........ ................. ................... 1
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................2
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK.......................................................... 2
6 CO N CRE TE .... ............................. .............................. ..... ........ ......... ............ ........ ............. 3
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK .......................................... 4
7.1 EXCAVATION ...... .............. .... ........... ... ..... ....... ..............................................................4
7 .2 FORMS......... . .. .... ... ......... ... ... . . ....... ... ... .... .. ................................... .............. ................... 4
8 REINFORCEMENT... ................................... ........ ....... ....... ............ ..... .... ....... ................. 4
8.] BASIS OF PAYMENT ...................... ... .... ...................................................... ................ 4
9 0 BSTR U CTI 0 NS ........ .......... ..................... ................................ ............. ......................... 4
12. DEWATERING
34 MATERIAL USED .......... ...... .................. ...................... ....... ....... .......... .......... ...... ........... 5
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ........................................ 5
37 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF \VORK AREAS ...................................................................6
37.1 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED BYTHE CITY.. 6
37.2 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE
CONTRACTOR ..... ... ......... .................... ............... ........ ...... ... ...... ....... ....... ... ................. 6
37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PRE1~4RE AUDIO/lIDEO TAPE........................................... 6
37.2.2 SCHEDULING OFAUDIO/VIDEO TAPE............................................................. 6
37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ................... ...................................... ...... .... 6
37.2.4 EQuIPMENT........ ........................... ................. ............... ................ ...... ...... ... ..... ... 6
37.2.5 RECORD}.']) INFOMfA TIOi\~ AUDIO'............... .... ...... .................................... .... 6
37.2.6 RECORD~l) INFORlvfA.IION V1DEO................................................................... 7
37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTA710N..... ... ......... ..... ... .................................. .......... ................... 7
37.2.8 LIGHIING.............................. ......... ..... .......................... ................................ ..... ... 7
37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL .... ... ... .... ..... .......... ........ .......................... ...... .......................... 7
37.2.10 VTDEO LOG/IND~X............................................................................................... 7
SECTION IV INDEX ['.'IASTER.doc
Revised: 5111/2005
S ECTI 0 N IV .................................................................................................................................. i
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.... ....... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ............... .... ... ...... ................. ... ..... ,... i
1 SCOPE OF WORK. ........ ........ ............ ...................... ............... ......................... ................ 1
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ............ ......... ......... ............. ... ........... .... ............. .......... ............. 1
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .................................................................................. 2
LINE, GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS................................................................ 4
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BYTHE CONTRACTOR............... 4
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITy................................. 4
DEFINITION 0 F TERMS ................. ...... ........ ................................................................ 4
ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................5
EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... 5
CON CRE TE ................................................. ............................................... ...................... 6
EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK ..........................................7
EXCAVATION. ....... ...... .................. .... ..... ..... ... ..... ....... ........ .... .... ...... ......... ........ ............ 7
FORMS .. ......... ........ ........ ..... ....... ..... ........... .......... ......... ..... ............... .... ...... ..... .............. 7
REINFORCEMENT...... ................................................................................................... 7
BASIS OF PAYMENT ......... ...... ........... .... ........... ......................... .... ............... ...... ........ 7
o BS TR U CT IONS .... ................................ ......... ........ ........ ............... ................ ................. 7
RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS
AND S TREET PAVEMENT ... ................ ................ ........ ........ .......... ............... ................ 8
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS ..................................................................8
12 DEWATERING........ ........... ................ ............. ...... ........... ....... ......... ......... ........ ...... ......... 9
13 SANITARY MANHOLES. ..... ............ ...... ............ ........... ........ .................... .............. ....... 9
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE ............... ..................... .............. ... .............. ..... ................ ......... ........... 9
13.2 PRECAST TYPE .... ..... ....... .......... ............ ..... ................ .............. ............ .......... ... ........ 10
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................10
13.3 DROP MANHOLES ................... ......................................................................... ..........11
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS.... ......... ......... ................... ..... .... .... ..... ........ ................ ......... .11
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS............ ................................................... ........ ....................... .11
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ..............................................................................11
BACKFILL ....... ................. ............... ................ ................. ....... ........ .... ........................... .11
S TREE T CROSSINGS, E TC. ........ ......... ........ ....... ....... .......... ........ .,....... ........ ............. 12
RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES............................ ...................................... ...................... .......... .............. 12
4
5
6
7
7.1
7.2
8
8.1
9
10
14
15
16
SectionlV.doc
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents:
2
3
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......... ........ ........ ........ ........... .... ................................ ................ 12
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL ..................................................................... 12
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ... ...... ... ....................... ... ... ............ ..... ............. .... ... ........ 12
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 12
18 UND ERD RAINS ... .............. ...... .............. ... ......... .... .............. ....... ... .......... .... ....... ........... 12
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT...... ......... ..... ............ ...... ........ ............... ................... ...... 13
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ....... .......................... ... ............. ................... ............................. 13
19 STORM S EWERS............. ........ ............ ..... ....................................... ....... ................. ..... 13
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION........................... ........ ........... ........................................... 13
19.2 TESTING. ......... ........................................ ....... .... ... ... ...... ............................................. 14
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ......................................... .... ............. ....................................... 14
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS ..............................................................14
20.1 MATERIALS ....... ......... ........ ................................................. ....... .......... ..... ..... ..... ....... 14
20.1.1 GRA VITY SEWER PIPE................... .......................... ...... ........ ........... ...... ............ 14
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE... .... .........__............................. .............. ................ ... ........ ..... 14
20.2 INSTALLATION ..................... .... ...... ........ ..................... .... ......... ..... ....... .... .......... ... .... 15
20.2.1 GRA VITY SEWER PIPE............. ...................... ....... .... ........ ..... .............. ... ........ .... 15
20.2.2 FORCE JvlAIN PIPE .... ..... ....... ......... ........ ......... ...... ........ ....... ..................... ...... ... 15
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS...... .................. .... ........... ... ....... ..... ........... .... ............ ......... ..... 15
20.4 TESTING................. ..... .......... ........... ... .... .......................... ....... .................. .... ........ ..... 15
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS........................................................................ 15
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS.............................................................................. 16
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................... .............................................. 16
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE... ........ ..... ................... .............. ............... ...... ....... ........ ... 16
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................... ......... ......... ............................................ 16
21 DRAINAGE ........ ........................... ...... ....... ................................ .......................... ........... 16
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE.......................................................................... 16
22.1 BASE........................................ ........... ........................ ........ .......... ..... ... ........ ............... 16
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEA S UREAIENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 18
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE............................... 18
22.2 SUBGRADE............................. ............................................. ........ ....................... ........ 18
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT.................... ..... ....... .... ............................................ 19
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT....... ........ ..................................... .... ....... ....... ........... ....... .... 19
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 19
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE..... ...... ........ ....................... .......... ........................ .... ........... 19
23.1.1 AGGREGATE............. ....... ...................... ... ....... ........ ..........--......--.... ... .......... 19
23.1.2 BITUAfINOUS AfATERlALS......................................... ............ ........................ .... J 9
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
QUALITY ASS URAN C E.................................................................................. .......... 19
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS A0:D TyPES....................................................................20
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIG~S AND LAYER THICKNESS ...............................20
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 21
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 21
SectionlV.doc
II
Revised: 5/] 1/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
23.6.1 CRA CKS................................................................................................................ 21
23.6.2 POTHOLES............................................................................. .............................. 22
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES .. ... .............................. ........ ....... ...... ........ ... ............ 22
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS.................. ...... .... ........... ........ ..... ........ 22
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ....................................................................23
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT...................................................................................... 23
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................ ......... .................................................. .......... 24
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 24
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 24
25.1 IRRIGATION ...... ....... ..... .... ........... ........................... ...... .... .... ......... ...... .... .... ..... ....... ... 24
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION........ ... ........................ ................. ..... .... ......................... .......... ..... 24
25.1.2 PRODUCTS........ ............. ...... ................,.......,.......... ...... ............................ ..... ..... 26
25.1.3 EXECUTION .............. ..... ..............................,.,........... ................................... ...... 30
25.2 LANDSCAPE... .... .... ...... .... ................ ..................................... ...................... ..... .......... 33
25.2.1 GENERAL........................ ....................................................................... .............. 33
25.2.2 PRODUCTS................................................ ........................ ............................... ... 38
25.2.3 EXECUTION................................................................... ..................................... 41
26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING................................................... 48
26.1 INTENT .......... ... ... ............... ... ............................. .......... ............. ...... ....... ..... ... ............. 48
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITy........................ 48
26.3 MATERIALS. ..... ............ .... ........ .......................... ......... .... ....... ... ........ .............. ...... ...... 48
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION.................. ... ...... ... ......................... ...... ...... 49
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION. .... ..... ..................... ............. .... ...... ... ... ... ... ....... .... .....;.... 49
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION.. ...... .................. ........ ... ........ .................. .... .... .......... ...... ...... 50
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ........... ....... ..... .................................................... .......... 50
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ......................... ... ...... .................. ...... .... ................. .... .... 50
26.9 PAYMENT .... ...... ........ ..... ........... ........... ........ ..... .......................... ... ....... ..... ............ ..... 50
27 PLANT MIX D RIVEW AYS .................... ....................................................................... 50
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT......... ............................................................................. 51
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............... .............. ............... ................. .................................... 51
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 51
2 9 CONCRETE CURBS ....... ................. ......... ........ ........ ......... ....... ...................... ............... 51
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT........................... ........ ................................. ... ..... ..... ..... 51
29.2 BASIS OF PAyMENT............... ........... ........ .......................... ........ ........... .................. 51
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAyS......................................................... 52
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ......................... .......... .... ............................. .... ................. .52
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAyS........................ ................................................................. 52
30.3 BASIS OF MEAS UREMENT.............................. ..................................... ................... 52
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT... ................................... ........................................................... 52
31 SO D D IN G ............................................................ ......................................... ................... 52
32 S 'EED IN G............................................ .......................... ...................... ............................. 53
ScctionIV,c1oc
III
Revised: 5/ I 1/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM
STRUCTURES ........................ ........ ....... .................. ................. ....... ............. .................. 53
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES....................... .... .......... .... ....... ..... ........... ................ 53
33.2 PRECAST TYPE ............... .................. ........ ...... ...... ..... ................................................ 54
33.3 BASIS OF PAyMENT...................................................... ............... ............ ......... ....... 54
34 MATERIAL USED ...................... ................................... .......... ....... ........ ......... ....... ....... 54
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ......................................54
36 STREET SIGNS...... .......... ....... ....... ................................. ...... ......... ........................... ..... 54
37 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS .................................................................55
37.1 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CITY 55
37.2 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE
CONTRACTOR ... ............. ...... ... ..................................................... ...... ....... ...... .... ...... 55
37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/TIDEO TAPE......................................... 55
37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE........................................................... 55
37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ................................................................. 55
37.2.4 EQUIP2\1ENT............. ... .................................................. ............... .... .... ............... 55
37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO'...............................................................55
37.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO.............. ............. ......... ......... .............. ... ... 55
37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION.. ............ ...... ..... __. ....... .... ...... ... ........ .... ........... ........ ... .... 56
37.2.8 LIGHTING ..... ..... ................. ......... ................ ............... ............ ........ ...... ............... 56
37.2.9 SPEED OF TRA VEL ........... ... ........................ ................ ......... ......... ..................... 56
37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX........... ................ ........... ......... ....... ......... ...... ........................ 56
37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE................ ................. .......... ........ ....... ........................ ....... 56
37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES............................................................................. 57
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ...................................................................57
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 57
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 57
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STOR~ SEWER SySTEMS.................................... 57
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASU RES................................. ............... ........................ 57
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ..... .............. ................ .... ......................... ....................... 57
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 58
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS ....................................................................58
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY COJ\STRUCTION .......................................................58
38.9 MAINTENANCE ................. ............... ..... .............. .......... ... .......... .................... ........... 58
38.10 COMPLIANCE.............. ............... .......... ............... ...... ....... ... ........ .............. ................. 58
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION ~'lARKlNG................................................................. 62
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, 'WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE.................... 62
41 WATER MAINS A~D APPURTENANCES ................................................................ 63
41.1 SCOPE. .............. .................. ........ ................ ................. ....... .......... ...... ........ .............. ... 63
41.2 MATERIALS ..... ..... .... .... ...... .... ...................... ..... .......... ...................... ............. ............ 63
41.2.1 GENERAL.............................................................................,..,............................ 63
41.2.2 PIPE lvJATERlALS AND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 63
41.2.3 GATE T~4LVES......... ........ ................ .................. .......... ... ......... ........... .... ....... ....... 65
SectionlV.doc
IV
Revised: 5/ I 1/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES. .......... .... ........ ........ ............... .......... ......... ....... ......... .............. ....... 65
41.2.5 I-fYDRANTS........................................................................................................... 65
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES................................. ............................................................ 66
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS..................................................................67
41.2.8 BACKFLO W PRE VENTERS ............................................................................ .... 67
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES................................................... ..... ........................... .......... 68
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ................ ........ ........ ....................... ......... ...................... 68
41.3 CONSTRUCTION... .......... ............ ...... ... ............... ....... ............. .... ..... ...... ....... ............. 68
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING................................................... .................................... 68
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ................ ........ ............... ............. ........... ......... ............................... 68
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTSAND FITTINGS......................................... 70
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 70
41.4 TESTS... .............. ..... ...... ...... .......... .... ...... ......... ....... ....... ... ...... .......... ......... ........ ... ....... 71
41. 4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS.........................................:............................................... 71
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST.................... ................ .................... .... .......... ............ ......... ..... 71
41.5 STERILIZATION .. .... ........ ........ ... ............ ..... .... ....... ................ ...... .... ..... ... .................. 71
41. 5.1 STERILIZING A GENT................ ............................................... ........ ................... 71
41.5.2 FL USHING SySTEM...... ......... ......................................... .................................... 71
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE... ............. .................................. .... ......... ........... 71
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS............................................................. ... ............ 71
41.5.5 BA CTERIAL TESTS. ......................................................................... .................... 72
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...........................................................................72
41.6.1 GENERAL................................................................................. ... ............... ....... ... 72
41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS........................................................... 73
41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS................................................................... 73
41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND
CO VERS..................................... ........................................................................... 73
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HyDRANTS....................................................... 73
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 74
43 TENNIS COURT S .......... ............ ........... ........... ....... ......... ........ ....... ..... ............. ............. 74
43 .1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS. .... ........ ................... ......... ... ...... ....... ...... .......... .... .... ..... .... 74
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS....... ......... .... ... .......... ................ .... .... ..... ......... ....... ............... 74
43.1.2 BASE COURSE. ..... .... ........... .......... .... ...... ................ ......... ...... ...... ........ ........ ....... 74
43.1. 3 PRIME COAT.. .... .... ... ..... ........ .... ... ......... .................. ....... ....... .... .... ...... .......... ..... 74
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE....... ..... ......... ......................... .................. ....... ....... ........... ... 74
43.1.5 SURFA CE COURSE ... '.. .................. ...... ........ ......... ..... ........... ..... .... ....... ....... ....... 74
43.1.6 COLOR COAT. ...... .......... ................ ......... ... ........... ........... ....... ........... ............ ..... 75
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS .. ......... .'. ................... ........................................................... 76
43.2.1 GENERAL... ... ... ..... ......... .... .... ... ...... ........ ...... ........... ..... ......... ... ............ ........ ....... 76
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION...... .......... ..... .......... ......... .... ............ ........ ....................... ..... 77
43.2.3 SLOPE................................................................................................................... 77
43.2.4 BASE CONSTR UCTION... ...... .... ...... ............ .... ... ..... ..... .... ...... ...... ........ ............... 78
43.2.5 PERIlvIETER CURBING.......... ........ ....................... ....... ......... ..... ....... ... .......... ..... 78
43.2.6 SURFA CE COURSE ..... ........... ....... .............. .... ......... ....... ............. ......... ......... ..... 78
43.2.7 ROOT BARRiER ................................................................................................... 78
43.2.8 FENCING....... ................. ...... .... ................................ ............... ....... ....... ......... ..... 79
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS.................................................................................................... 79
SeetionlV.doc
v
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technic81 Speeific8tions
43.2.10 COURT EQUIPJJlENT. .... ................................. .... .... ...... ......... ..... ................ ........ 79
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE................................................ ............. .............. .......... ...... 81
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable)....................... ..... ............... ......... ............... ............... 81
43.2.13 CONCRETE...... ....... ................................... ..... ............... ................ ..... ..... ............ 81
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORTT1~NIS COURTLIGHTlNG................................................. 81
43.2.15 WATER COOLER. .... ...... ............................ ..... ... .... ........ ....... ..... .... ......... ....... ....... 82
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION. ..... ................... .................. ... ... ..... ....... ...... ............. .... .~........ 82
43.2.17 WARRANTy................................................................................,......................... 82
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .........................................................................83
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK Z01\'E TRAFFIC CONTROL .........83
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 83
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY.................. ... ...... ........... ................................................... 83
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES.......................................................................84
44.3.1 ALL ROAD WAYS...... ......................... ......... ........ .......... ..... ........................ ..... ....... 84
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERiALS. LOCAL COLLECTORS................. 84
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS............................................. ..... ....... 84
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS.... ............. ................ ............... ...... ............... ........ .... .... ........ 84
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN................................... 85
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 85
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .............................................85
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 85
45 CURED-IN - PLA CE PIPE LININ G .............................................................................. 86
45.1 INTENT.......................... ..... ..... ... ... .... ............. ...... ....................... ... ... ....... ....... .... ........ 86
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITy........................ 86
45.3 MATERIALS................... ....... ........ ...... ........ ............................ ....... ................. ............ 86
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 86
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ............................... ......... ... ... ......... ................ ................ 87
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ................................... ....... .... .............. ................. ................ 87
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ........................... ....... ... .... ........................................ .... 87
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ............... ....................... ...... ......................... ...... ..... ....... 87
45.9 PA YMEN"r... ........ ...... .................. ............ .......................... ......................;.. .................. 88
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING..................................... 88
46.1 MATERIALS .... ..... ............ ......................... .......... ............. ..................................... ... ... 88
4 6.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS.................... . . ... ... . ... .. . . . ... . ... ........ ....................................... 88
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL ...................... ............... ......... ................. ... .... ..................... 88
46.1.3 SAMPLES.. ............ ......................................................................... ............ ..... ...... 88
46.1. 4 REJECTION.................................... ................................................ .............. .... .... 89
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS.................. ........ ....... ........ ........ .......... ............ ..... ........ ................. 89
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES.. ... ....................... ................. ........... ... ........... ........... 89
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE... ........ .............. ... ....... ......... ................................ ...... ......... 89
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIOJVS....................................................................89
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING ............ .... ............. .......... .............. .............................................. 89
46.3.4 HA/'v'DLING OF FUSED PIPE............................................................................. 89
46.4 SLIPLIN ING PROCEDURE....... ................................ ... .......... ............ .............. .......... 89
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS...................................................... 89
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION...........................................................................90
ScctionlV.doe
VI
Revised 5/ I 1/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS..........................................................90
46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER....................................................... ........ ............ ..... 90
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ......................................................................91
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED................................................ 91
46.4.7 BA CKFILLING............ ............................................ ................................. ._.......... 91
46.4.8 POINT REPAIR........................... .-................ ........................ .................... ............ 91
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS.................................................. ................................. 91
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE...................... 9J
47.1 SCOPE ........... ..... ......... ..... ........... ....................................... ... ......... ...... ....... ..... ......... ... 91
47.2 MATERIALS .... .... .............. .......... .............. ... ....... ...... ... .............. ........... .............. ......... 92
47.3 PIPE. ........... ............... .......... .......... ..... ....... ....... ... ................. ............... .... ....... ... ... ........ 92
47.4 JOINING SySTEM...... ............... ..................... .......... ....................... ....... ......... ......... .'. 92
47.5 FITTINGS ..... ...... ................. ... ....... .... ......... .......... ........... .... ........... ........... ....... ............ 92
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS .............................. ....... .... .... ..... ..... ....... .................... ...... 92
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT ................................................................................92
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE................. 92
48.3 COMPOSITION .. ...................... ..... ............. ................... ................. .......... ..... ... ........... 93
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .......... ....................... .......... ..... ..... ... ... ....... ....... ......... 93
48.5 MATERIALS ... ....... ...... ........................ ...... .......... ....... ... .... .... .... .... .... .......... ..... ........... 93
48.6 WATER ............. ...... ................ ........ ....... ...... .... ... ..... .... ........... .... ........ ........ ...... ........ .... 93
48.7 REINFORCEMENT .......... ..... .... ....... ........ ... ............. ..... ...... .... ..... .... ...... ....... ...... ..... ... 93
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. .... .......... ....... ...... ... ................ .... .... ... .......... ....... .... ........ 94
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ... .......... ............ ... ..... ... ............. ...... ..... ........ ....... ... ........... 94
48.10 PROPORTIONING.... ........ ....... .................................. ... ... ........ ......... ................ ........... 94
48 .11 MIXING.............................................. ...... ........ ............................................................ 94
48.12 APPLICATION.... ......... .... ...... ..... ........ .................... ............ ............... .......... ......... ....... 95
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ....... ................ ....... ........................................................... 95
48.14 SURFACE FINISH ............ ........... ........ ............... ...... ................................... ................ 95
48.15 CURING... .......... .... ..... ...... ............. .... ............................. ....... ......... .................. ... ........ 96
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ...................._................................................96
48.17 INSPECTION...... .............. .... .............. ..-....................... ....... ...... ._............... .................. 96
48.18 EQUIPMENT .......... .......... .................... .................................... ... ....... ....... .................. 96
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ...........................97
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT........................ ...... .......... ............................... ....... .... ............... 97
49 .2 PAyMENT........ .......................... .... ................... .................. .._......................... ............. 97
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ............................................... ............................. 97
49.3. j MATERIALS....................................... ............ ....................................................... 97
49.3.2 lNSTALLATION AND EXECUTION.................................................................... 98
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ................................................ 98
49.4. j MATERIALS.......................................................................................................... 99
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL........ ........................ .............. ................ ............ .............. 99
49.6 GROUTING MIX................................. ............................................... ....... .................. 99
49.7 LINER MIX.................................. ...... .......... ...................................................... .......... 99
49 .8 WATER.......... .............................-......... ...................................................................... 100
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ....... .......... ...... ...... ........... ............ ............ ...... ....... ............. ...... 100
49.10 EQUIPMENT ...... ............... ... ...... .............. .... ................. ............ ...... .......... ....... ......... 100
SectionlV.doc
VII
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV- Tcchnical SpccificJtions
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 101
49.11.1 PREPARATION........ ............................. ....... .... ..... ... ...... .................... ..... ..... ....... 101
49.11.2 MIXING...... ......................................................................................................... 101
49.11.3 SPRAYING.. ........... ......... ............... .......... ........... ;............... .... ........ .... ................ 101
49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING ..... ........... ......... .... ......... ............ ............ ............. .............. 102
49.11.5 CURING......................................... ..................................................................... 102
49.11.6 JvfANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ......................................................102
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 102
49.12.1 SCOPE.... ............... .... ............ ............ .................... ........... .......... .............. ..... ..... 102
49.12.2 AIATERIALS.... ....... ....... .................... ..................... ... .......... ..... ... ........ .......... ... ... 102
49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EYECUTION........... .......... .......... ...... ....... ... ...... ......... .... 105
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ..........................................................................107
50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE .............. ....... .... ........ ........... ....... ......... ................................ 107
50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE............................................... 107
50.3 FIXED SIGN....... ......... ..... ............... .......... ......................... ................ ....................... 107
50.4 PORTABLE SIGNS...... ..... ........ .......................................... ........ .... ... ........ ... ... .......... 107
50.5 SIGN COLORING.. ......... ... ....... .................. ................................. ...... ..... .......... ... ...... 107
50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT .... ................................................ ................................. ............. 108
50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE.............. .'. ......... ...... .................... ........................ ........... ...... 108
50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .............................. ...... .......... .... ...... ........ ........... ......... .... 108
51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................ 108
51.1 SCOPE......................................... ............. ................................ ........... ....................... 108
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ......................................... ... ................. ........................ 109
51.2.1 ASPHALT..... .... ..................................... ............ ....... .............. .... ............ ............. 109
51. 2.2 CONCRETE ............................ ............ .................... ....... ...... ...... ............. ............ 109
51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX...........................................................................109
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT......................................................... 109
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE.......................................................... 109
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION... ............................ ........ ..... ...... ..... ...;................... .......11 0
51.6 PLAYING LINES ......................... .......... ...... .............................. ....... .................... ..... .110
51.7 GENERAL................................ .......... ..... ................................................... ............... ..110
51.8 LIMITATIONS................... ................ .......................................... .............................. ..11 0
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................111
52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY ............................................111
52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR ..........................111
53 GABI 0 NS AND MATTRESSES.. .................. .............. ........ .............. ......... ........... ......112
53.1 MATERIAL. ..... .............. ........... ........ .................. ....... ......... ........ ....... ....... ... .... ........ ...1] 2
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO AfATTRESS AD1TERLtL...................................................112
53.1.2 GABI0N AND JVIATTRESS FILLER ALJTERIAL: ...............................................115
53.1.3 J1i4TTRESS WIRE. .............. ......... ........... ..... ....... ........................ .................. .......115
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC.......... ........ ..... ............... ........................... ......................115
53.2 PERFORMANCE ..... .................................. ....... ............ ..... ................ ........... .... ..........115
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................116
54.1 SCOPE. ....... ......... ..... ....... ...... ...... ........ ............................ ............... .... ............. ..... .......116
ScctionlV.doc
VIII
Revised: 5/ II /2005
Scction IV - Tcchnical Specifications
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK.. ...;..... ... .:;......;;. ..... .;;.:....;........:.;;;. ..; .;.. ... ..;.... ..;. ... ... .......11 7
54.3 WORK METHODS... ...... ... .......... ..... .... ............... ........... .......... ........... ................. .......117
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING........................... ............ ~........................ ....... .117
54.3.2 DUTIES P"6l? SER VICE VISIT................... ............ ................. .................... ....... .117
54.4 LITTER.... ... .... .............. .......... ... ...... ........... ............ ........ ........... ...... ...... .......... .... .... ....117
54.5 VISUAL CHECK....... .......... ........ ........... ... ........ .... ........ ..... ..... ..... ........... ..... ...... ........117
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING ...........................................................117
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)......118
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL ....... ......... ...... .............................. ....... ...... ..... ..... ............. ............118
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ..... .......... ............ .................... .... ..... ..... ...... ....... .......... ....... .... ..118
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY.. ........ ....... ....... ...................... ......... ...... ..... ...... ........ ....... .... ..118
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION...........................................................................................118
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA..........................................................118
54.13 MULCH CONDITION .... .............. ......... ............................ ... ........ .......... ..... ............. ..118
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .....................................................................119
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL......................................................119
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION. ......... ...... ....... ............... ......... ..................................... ... ......119
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ... ..... ............ ...... .... ........ ....... ........................... ... .... ...... ....... .119
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE.... .... ................... .... ......... .......... ... ............................ ... ........... ...119
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ... .......... ..... .......... ........ .... ... ........... ........... ..... ............... ...119
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .... ...... ......... ... ... ........ .............. .......... ........ ........ .....' 120
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ......... ..................................... ...... ..... ..... .......... .... .......... ..... 120
55 MILLING 0 PERA TIO NS ................... ............... ................................ ............ ............. 120
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE...................................... 120
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................120
55 .3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ....................................... ................. ...... .... .... ..... ...... 121
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ........................ ................. ......................... ................... 121
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES .................. 121
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 122
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................... .......................................... ................... 122
55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS................ ...... ........................................................ 122
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT.................. ............... ............................... .................... 122
55.1 0 BASIS OF PAYMENT ......................... .............. ..... ................................................... 122
56 CLEARIN G AND GR UBBIN G ................................................................................... 122
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT........ ................................ ............................................ 123
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................... .... ........ 123
57 RIPRAP .. ....... ........................ ........ ........ ................ ..... ..... ...... ................................. ....... 123
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT........................ ............... .................. ...... ......... ............ 123
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT... ..... ..... ....... ................ ............ ............... ........................... ..... 123
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................ 123
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL...... ............................... .............. ....... ...................... .... ......... 123
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING................................................................ 124
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS........................................... 124
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAyMENT....................................................... 124
SectionlV.doc
]X
Rcvised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
60 SI GNIN G AND MARKING.................................;.'.......;........;... .;........ ....;.....~............. 124
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAyMENT.......................................................125
61 ROADWAY LI GHTIN G ..... ............ ............................ ................. ......... ...... ................. 125
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAyMENT....................................................... 125
'62 TREE PR OTECTI ON. ...... ........... .............. ......... ............... .......... ........ ........................ 125
62.1 TREE BARRICADES ............................. ...................................... ............................. 125
62.2 ROOT PRUNING ............................ ........ ... .... .... ....... ... ................. ..... ................... ..... 126
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........... ..................... ....... ................................ ... .............. 127
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES.............................. ............ ..... ..... ............... ......... ......... ......... 127
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ...................... ....... .......... ..... .... .... ... ........................................ 127
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES... .......... .......... .............................................. 128
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 128
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ... .......................................... .......... ...... ....... ........ ...... ......... 128
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ............... ................ .... .......... ............................... ............... 128
63.6 POSTING.... .................... ....... ....................................... ..,. .............................. ............ 128
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES. ................ ......... ....... ...... .................,...... ............................. 128
SectionlV.doc
x
Revised: 5/ II /2005
1. SCOPE OF WORK
SCOPE DESCRIPTION
Project Name: CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SAILING CENTER EXPANSION
Location: 1001 GULF BOULEVARD, CLEAR'VATER, FLORIDA
Project Number: 07-0040-MA
Scope of Work: Construct a two-story expansion of wood and concrete decks
and stairs to the existing Community Sailing Center of approximately 1,650
square feet per floor. The work includes, but is not limited to: site, civil,
telephone, electrical, masonry, roofing, site restoration and all other elements
shown on the construction drawings and technical specifications.
SECTION IV INDEX MASTER.c1oc
111
Revised: 51 II 12005
Section IV - 'rcchnical Spcciflcations
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
Project Name:
CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SAILING CENTER EXPANSION
Project Number: 07-0040-MA
The following Articles of the Teehnieal Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X"
as shown below:
1 X Scope Of Work
2.1 X Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by Contractor
2.2 0 Line, Grade And Record Drmvings - by City
3 X Definition Of Terms
4 0 Order And Location Of The \Vork
5 X Excavation For Underground Work
6 X Concrete
7 X Excavation And Forms For Concrete \Vork
8 X Reinforcement
9 X Obstructions
10 X Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement
11 0 Work In Easements Or Parkways
12 X Dewatering
13 0 Sanitary Manholes
14 X Backfill
15 0 Street Crossings, Etc.
16 0 Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Stonn Drainage Structures
17 X Unsuitable Material Removal
18 0 U nderdrains
19 0 Storm Sewers
20 0 Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains
21 0 Drainage
22 0 Roadway Base And Subgrade
23 0 Asphaltic Concrete Materials
24 0 Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt
25 0 General Planting Specifications
26 0 Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining
27 0 Plant \1ix Driveways
28 0 Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials
29 X Concrete Curbs
30 X Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways
31 X Sodding
32 0 Seeding
.., ., 0 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Stonn Structures
-) .)
34 X Material Used
35 X Conflict Between Plans And Specifications
36 0 Street Signs
37.1 0 Audio/Video Tape OnVork Areas - by City
37.2 X Audio/Video Tape Of \Vork Areas - by Contractor
38 X Erosion And Siltation Control
SECTION IV INDEX MASTER.dClc
IV
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
39 X Utility Tie In Location Marking
40 X Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee
41 D Water Mains and Appurtenances
42 D Gas System Speciflcations
43 D Tennis Courts
44 D Work Zone Traffic Control
45 D Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining
46 D Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining
47 D Specifieations for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe
48 D Gunite Specifications
49 D Sanitary and Stonn Manhole Liner Restoration
50 X Project Infonnation Signs
51 D In-Line Skating Surfacing System
52.1 D Resident Notifieation of Start of Construction - by City
52.2 D Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by Contractor
53 D Gabions and Mattresses
54 D Lawn Maintenance Specifications
55 D Milling Operations
56 X Clearing and Grubbing
57 D Riprap
58 D Treatment Plant Safety
59 D Trafflc Signal Equipment and Materials
60 D Signing And Marking
61 D Roadway Lighting
62 X Tree Protection
63 D Project Web Pages
TIME: 120 DAYS
SECTION IV INDEX MASTER.doe
v
Revised: 5/11/2005
38 0 Erosion And Siltation Control
39 0 Utility Tie In Location Marking
40 0 A ward Of Contract, Work Sehedule And Guarantee
41 D Water Mains and Appurtenances
42 D Gas System Specifications
43 D Tennis Courts
44 D Work Zone Traffic Control
45 D Cured- In- Place Pipe Lining
46 D Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining
47 D Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe
48 D Gunite Specifications
49 D Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration
50 0 Project Information Signs
51 D In-Line Skating Surfacing System
52.1 D Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by City
52.2 D Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by Contractor
53 D Gabions and Mattresses
54 D Lawn Maintenance Specifications
55 D Milling Operations
56 0 Clearing and Grubbing
57 D Riprap
58 D Treatment Plant Safety
59 D Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials
60 D Signing And Marking
61 D Roadway Lighting
62 0 Tree Protection
63 D Proj ect Web Pages
TIME:
120 DAYS
1 SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION
Project: Clearwater Community Sailing Center - Project No. 03-202
Scope of Work:
1. Construct a two story expansion and remodeling to the existing Community Sailing Center of
approximately 1,650 square feet per floor, includes but not limited to: site civil, telephone,
electricaVmechanical, plumbing, masonry, roofing, millwork, site restoration and all other
elements shown on the construction drawings and technical specifications. The successful bidder
shall note this facility will continue to be in operation and all programs as well as existing launch
sites will remain available for use during the construction period and shall maintain safe driving
habits of his staff during ingress and egress to the construction site.
2. Drawings have not been submitted to City of Clearwater - Planning & Development Services
Department for Building Permit and it will be the responsibility of the contractor to obtain the
required permits. The successful bidder will be required to provide the following information for
the building permit.
a. State Contractor's License
b. Name holder of the License
c. Occupation License
d. Pinellas County Licensing Board Number
e. There is no fee for Building Permit but will be required to collect the building permit
from Planning & Development Services Department.
3. Application has been submitted to Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD)
Permit and there will be no fee for this permit.
4. Limits of work are shown on drawing constructions. Temporary construction fence, silt fences,
and tree barricades are to be erected as first order of business. A 24' wide double-gated
construction access gate shall be located at the northwest comer of the limits of work area. This
access gate shall be the only access to the construction site no other gated locations will be
allowed. The silt fence shaH be placed long the inside of the temporary fenced in limits of work
area.
5. Contractor will be required to provide his own sanitation facilities for his staff during the duration
of this project. Construction temporary sanitary structures shall be located near the access of the
construction area. Utilization of City of Clearwater restroom will not be available during the
construction of this project.
6. Contractor's employee parking shall be within the limits of work area. If additional parking is
required the contractor may utilize the north grass parking stalls along the driveway to the existing
City's Rest Room facilities. However these grass parking spaces shall be returned in its original
conditions prior to the construction period at final handover of the project to the owner. The
contractor may not park under any existing trees or palms drip line ofthe canopy of these plants.
7. Contractor may utilize existing grass area the south of tbe existing building as temporary
construction fence. However contractor is responsible for any damage to these fences and must
replace damaged fencing with same type and grade fence and in original type condition upon
returning this existing fence back to owner upon completion ofthe project.
8. The contractor is responsible to mow the grass within the limits of work area during the
construction period and keep this area in a neat and orderly appearance.
9. The area to the south of the existing building shall be the contractors lay down area. It shall be
noted tbat the boat storage areas may not be used for storage of contractor's construction materials
or equipment. The contractor shall take care not to damage the existing fencing structure during
construction. Any damage to the existing site is the responsibility of the contractor to replace
fencing in same materials and conditions upon final handover of project back to the owner.
Scope of Work Continued:
10. Clearing and grubbing as well as a tree removal permits will be the responsibility of the contractor
and have not been submitted to Land Resources in the Planning & Development Services
Department and no fee for this permit. Contractor will be required to collect this permit.
11. The successful bidder shall submit a hurricane preparation plan at the preconstruction meeting or
shortly after but prior to beginning construction.
12. Bidders shall note specifications have been provided by the City of Clearwater and the Architect
any conflict between plans and specifications contractor shall inform in writing during the bidding
process to resolve these issues. Should conflict arise after contract has been awarded the City of
Clearwater article 35 shall govern.
13. Contractor shall secure his construction area at all times, signs shall be posted on the temporary
construction fences of the limits of work that this is a 'CONSTRUCTION HARD HAT ZONE'
and 'No Trespassing'.
14. City will continue to utilize the parking area during the construction period of this project. A
designated lay down, or staging, area with-in the compound will be provided to the contractor.
Contractor shall coordinate related site work with the Sailing Center and does not anticipate
closure of site entrance access to the property access shall be open at all times.
15. The limits of work have been provided on the construction documents. Construction lay down
area is that area to the south of the existing facility and all parking and construction equipment
shall be within the limits of work area. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to restore
these limits of work at the time of hand over to the owner.
16. It is noted the demolition of the existing building and concrete pavement will be demolished by
the contractor and these area will be left bare dirt it will be the responsibility of the successful
bidder to restore these area with new Bahia sod according industry standards and proper surface
drainage flows to existing drainage structures.
17. There will be existing structures to remain within the limits of work and it is the responsibility of
the successful bidder to protect these structures during the construction period. Any damages to
these structures shall be the responsibility of the contractor to repair if these structures in like
conditions upon close out ofthe project.
18. Construction site access is to be from the existing main gates. The successful bidder is responsible
for any damages to existing underground utilities by his equipment or his sub contractors.
19. It is the responsibility ofthe general contractor to keep this access way free of construction debris
and dirt during the construction period.
20. Contractor shall maintain safe driving speeds of 5 MPH maximum speed limit of construction and
contractor's employee vehicles passing through recreation facility to the construction area during
ingress and egress on park property. Contractor shall not block parking spaces or pedestrian
access by contractor's construction or employee vehicles anywhere on park property. Contractor
shall note children and adults will be utilizing this property at all times during the construction
period and shall ensure their safety is of the up most importance during construction activity.
21. Temporary electrical and water service will not be provide during the construction of this project
and shall be responsibility of the contractor.
22. Contractor shall provide Best Locking System with City of Clearwater master keying system.
23. Owner will provide vertical benchmark on site for contractor's use.
24. Contractor shall note City of Clearwater - Scope of Work Check List only sections check off will
apply to this project even though the entire City of Clearwater Technical Specifications is
provided. The contractor shall note there does also the Architect provide architectural building
specifications.
25. Others will perform the telephone, system installation, however the general contractor shall
provide conduits as shown on the drawings. Requirement in this scope of work of conduit or
sleeves shall provide all conduits and junction boxes for electrical and telephone service systems.
26. Included in the contractor will be the installation of the Knox-box provided by the owner. The
Knox-box location will be near the front door of the facility as directed by the owner.
27. Note all electrical conduits and all other utilities are to be within block walls no exposed electrical
conduits or other services to be mounted on wall finished surfaces. All electrical light fixtures
shall be energy efficient fixtures.
Section IV - Technical Specifications
2 LINE. GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
Benchmarks to be used shall be those as sbown on the plans. Control points (for aligmnent only)
shall be established by the Engineer. Contractor shall submit cut sheets for all underground work
24 hours in advance of commencement of the work for checking. Cheeking of cut-sheets does
not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities for any errors or conflicts whatsoever. Cut
sheets shall be submitted in triplicate. The Contractor shall provide three complete sets of Record
construction drawings prior to final payment being made.
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project
inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construetion of this project.
Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and
grade have been set, as detennined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the
rate of$lOO.OO per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be
eomputed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the
project Record construction drawings.
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the purpose of these Teehnical Specifieations the following defInition oftel111s shall apply:
City
City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, FL.
Engineer
The City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized
representative.
Contractor
The person, fll111 or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by
the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Inspector
An authorized representative of the City Engineer of Clearwater, assigned to make
official inspections ofthe material furnished and the work perforn1ed by the Contractor.
FD. 0. T
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as
Specifications
issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
A.A.S.H.TG.
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
A.WS.
American Welding Society
Section[V.0125200gdoc.doc
Page 4
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
A.S.TM.
American Society for Testing Materials
A.S.A.
American Standards Association
A.NS.I.
American National Standards Institute
A.WWA.
American Water Works Association
o.S.H.A.
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
A. CI.
American Concrete Institute
Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time ofthe pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Estimated Quantities
The Contractor's attention is ealled to the faet that the estimate of quantities as shown on
the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon whieh
the award of the contraet is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that
the final quantities will remain in strict aceordance with estimated quantities nor shall the
contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or
of the charaeter or location of the work or of other conditions or situations peIiaining
thereto.
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK
The contractor is responsible to take all necessalY steps to conduct all excavation in a maImer
which provides for the sueeessful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifIcally stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type e". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
ScctionIV.01252008c1oc.doc
Page 5
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contraetor will identify his Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Exeavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is
unsafe or does not confonn OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must
either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the
accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain
sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all
safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the treneh shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid
in them. The bottom of the trench under eaeh pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the
body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place,
excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling
and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
6 CONCRETE
Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be perfonned in accordance with the latest
editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the
American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall
be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials.
Unless othenvise specified, all concrete shall have fIber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall
conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall confo1l11 to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete
shall conf01111 to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except
when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement.
All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise,
for each class, for each clay, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3
compressive strength cylinders will be required (I at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion
Section IV .0 I 252008doc.doc
Page 6
Revised: 5/ II /2005
Section 1V -- Technical Specifications
of the Engineer, unaceeptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as
determined by the Engineer, to detennine product acceptability, or need for removal, and
compensation or denial thereof.
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
7.1 EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the sub grade or base upon
which the eoncrete is to be placed. The base or sub grade shall be thoroughly compaeted to a
point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the
dry",
7.2 FORMS
Fonns for conerete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by
written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth
equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the conerete deposited against them and shall
be of suffieient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or
spnngmg.
8 REINFORCEMENT
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intennediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Conerete
reinforeement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated
reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/ A 77 M -86 requirements.
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price for the item of work speeified.
9 OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and
properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner tbereof.
Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains,
or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims
for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made.
Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing stmctures or
obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or
benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land
surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the
nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means.
SectionlV_O I 252008doc_doc
Page 7
Rcviscd: 5111/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS,
CURBS. SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thiekness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-
180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or
square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twiee the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when ealled for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot.
Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/1 0
welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS
Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents aftected by the
construction pro ,gress.
The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time
following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration
within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction
activity or a delay in approval of paliial payment requests.
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery
removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work.
The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on
any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local
residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written pennission.
Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge fi-om the City's wastewater
treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for
Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre-
Sectiol1lV.01252008docdoc
Page 8
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory
requirements.
12 DEWATERING
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The eontractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed espeeially for this type of service, and
the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general publie. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
13 SANITARY MANHOLES
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semieircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smootb curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be fonned by one of the following methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the chmmels shall not exceed
twenty four inches.
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mOliar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
Sectiol1lV.O 1252008doc.doc
Page 9
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
2. The inside diameter of the adjustment ring shall not be less than the insIde diameter of the
manhole frame.
3. Manholes shall be constructed with at least two adjustment rings.
4. Maximum height of adjustment ring stack: 12 inches max. for new manholes and 16
inches max. on existing manholes.
13.3
DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
13.4
FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301.
13.5
MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two coats of bitumastic
black solution 300 M as manufactured by Koppers Company, Inc. or approved equal. Interior of
built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a
force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2 inch of grout and coated as precast manholes
below.
The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry
thickness of PRO CO EP 214 351 Epoxi Mastic as manufactured by Protective Coatings Inc.
13.6
CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling.
14 BACKFILL
Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated matelial or from other sources
as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or
debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all
fill shall be similar material.
Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%
compaction as detem1ined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the eost of such structure.
ScctionlV.O 1252008docdlK
Page I [
Rcviscd: 5lJ 1/2005
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
15 STREET CROSSINGS. ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be
bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon
the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford neeessary access to public or private premises. The
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER. STORM
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indieated on the plans
or as indicated by the Engineer.
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable material, such as muek, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the exeavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined
in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester.
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
and replaced with suitable niaterial as determined by either cross sections of the excavation,
truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal.
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
18 UNDERDRAINS
The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of
Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe
shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and
aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate
may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be
stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8"
diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in confonnance with ASTM F -7 58 "Standard Specification
For Smooth Wall PVC Underclrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of
46 in conformance with ASTM D24l2, perforations in cl)nf()l1T1anCe with AASHTO M-189
Seetiol11 v.a 1252008c1oecloe
PC1ge 12
Revised: 5/1112005
Section IV - Technical Specitications
When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment
shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways.
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted.
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above,
which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications
and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS
The State of Florida has imposed strict requirements on Solid Wastes Handlers to decrease the
generation of solid waste products and in particular to increase the amount of recycle products.
In this regard, the City is required to determine the monthly total tonnage of all construction
debris which is recycled in this contract. A recycled material is any material reused in any
manner whieh diverts its alternative disposal to a publicly assessable landfill or by incineration.
If a material, such as clean earth, is not normally disposed to a landfill or incineration, then it is
not to be eonsidered a recyclable material. The Contractor is required to include in each request
for payment the total tonnage of materials which were recycled by the contractor dUling the
contract period for which the payment request is made. Any cost to the contractor for the
development and submittal of this information is to be included in the contract items provided in
the original eontract proposal.
29 CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fIber mesh reinforcement and bave a
minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition,
all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the
Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs.
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted.
29.2
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, \vhich price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all
matelials, equipment tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
SectiolllV.O 125200Sdoc.doc
Page 5 I
Reviscd: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be construeted to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
specified, all eoncrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete
sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), exeept at driveway crossings
where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/1 0 welded wire mesh
reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the plaeement. No) compensation shall be given if the
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not
more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Aliicles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new eonstruction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6)
inches in thiekness with 6/6 X 10/1 0 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
eompensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all eoncrete sidewalks and driveways.
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete
sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted.
30.4
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price
shall be fulleompensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts ofthe
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
31 SODDING
Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at
the direction of the Engineer, in contcmnance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and
excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and
structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform
finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, tbe sod shall be
graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undell11ining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod
Section I V.O I 252008doc.doc
Page 52
Revised 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in
advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall
continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure,
soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until telmination of the contraet.
Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor
at no additional compensation. Any questions coneeming the type of existing sod shall be
determined by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials,
placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these
assoeiated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly
placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor,
equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the
basis of each square foot in place and aceepted. No payment for sod shall be made until tbe
Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
32 SEEDING
Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The
seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to
be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic
conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982
and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used
instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye
Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required
that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assurcd.
When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment
(including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in
place and aecepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such
work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work.
33 STORM MANHOLES. INLETS. CATCH BASINS OR OTHER
STORM STRUCTURES
For details on speciflc design of a type of stom1 structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to
235.
When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans
and applicable parts of the speciflcations, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the
Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other
causes until acceptance of the work.
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Manholes shall be constructed of btick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index
Numbcrs 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape
conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a
smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and b1Tade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with blick and mOliar on top of
concrete base.
SectionlV.O I 252008doc.doc
Page 53
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Spccitications
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely fIlled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes sball be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a
concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer.
33.2
PRECAST TYPE
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to
sceure proper seating and bearing.
Preeast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and
junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets
will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be
in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option.
Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faees, either inside or
outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of
precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be
provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using 0 ring between precast sections will not be
acceptable for storm structures.
33.3
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junetion Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
34 MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be ne\v material unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Whenever a conflict appears between the plans and specifications, the more stringent
requirement shall apply. If a conflict is of such a nature as to require a decision, then a written
request for clarification must be made prior to starting that phase of construction.
36 STREET SIGNS
Tbe removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED.
All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division
in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition).
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in
advance ofthe proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
ScctiolllV.O 1252008c1oc.doc
Page 54
Rcviscd: 5/ II /2005
Section IV - Technical Specitlcations
37 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS
37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED
BY THE CITY
This project will not require the preparation of an audio/video tape of work areas by the
Contractor.
37.2 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE
PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR
37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape
recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
as a reeord of a pre-construction conditions.
37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO TAPE
The video recordings shall not be made more than 21 days prior to construction in any area.
37.2.3
PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The eolor audio
videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial fInn known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business ofpre-eonstruction color audio-video tape documentation.
37.2.4 EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perfonn this service shall be furnished by the
Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with
aceurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distOliion and interruptions. 1n some instances, audio
videotape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles.
Such coverage shall be obtained by walking.
37.2.5
RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO
Each tape shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
videotape shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective
description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio
recording shall also be free from any conversations.
37.2.6
RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date infonnation shall contain the month, day and year. The time
ScctlOl1lVO I 252008doc.c1oc
Page 55
Revised: 5/ II /2005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
infom1ation shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such infonnation shall include, but not be limited to, projeet name,
contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom
out rates shall be suffieiently controlled sueh that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
videotape playbaek. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens
focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and eleetrieal focus shall be
properly controlled or adjusted to maximize pieture quality. The construction documentation
shall be recorded in SP mode.
37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the reeording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed eonstruction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer,
highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly
indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When eonventional wheeled vehicles are used
as conveyances for the reeording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be finnly mounted such that transport of the
camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
37.2.8
LIGHTING
All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during
preeipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of
those subjects.
37.2.9
SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional
to the number, size and value of the surfaee features within that construction areas zone of
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping
shall not exceed 44 feet per minute.
37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/lNDEX
All videotapes shall be pennanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number
and project title. Each videotape shall have a. lQg of that videotape's contents. The log shall
describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of
the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video
unit counter numbers, engineering surveyor coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the
date.
37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE
Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.
witbin the area covered by the project. Of p31iicular concern sllall be the existence of any faults,
SectiolllV.O I 252008doc.doe
Page 56
Revised: 5/11/2005
Section IV - Technical Specific,ltions
fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or
right of way at anyone time.
37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
authorized by the City Engineer. During eonstruction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent
vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be proteeted at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent
erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expeeted length of time the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all StOlll sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., wbich shall be maintained and
modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer
before installation.
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES
Sediment basins and traps, perimeter bemls, filter fences, bemls, sediment barriers, vegetative
buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment
onto adjacent propeliies, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, Of, in the
case of vegetative bufTers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration
process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other
disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to benns, earth filters,
dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one
week of installation.
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS
Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive
remedy against dmvnstream siltation and \vill be shmvn and detailed on construction plans.
During development, pennanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided
they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City.
ScctionlV.O I 25200Scloc.doc
P'lgC 57
Revised: 51 II 12005
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during
construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before
installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally
cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty
period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of
contain-ing at least one (1) cubie foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area
tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular
removal of sediment from the basin.
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES
Land alteration and eonstruction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent
waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and
the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel
work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land
alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area
are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after
the in channel work is completed.
Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of
the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to inereased turbidity. Wherever stream
erossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and
removed when construction is eompleted. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a
condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity.
38.7
SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a CertifIcate of Occupancy.
38.8
UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance
with the following standards:
a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at anyone time;
b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast
to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of
any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
38.9
MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
38.10 COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fIne and/or more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order".
Section IV 0 I 252008c1oc.doc
Page 5 ~
Revised: 5/ 11/2005
Section IV - Technical Spcci1icatiolls
City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 607 are examples of accepted methods that
may be used or required to control erosion and siltation.
SectionIV.O 125200Sdoc.doc
P:lgc 5()
Revised 51 II 120()5
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
City of Clearwater - Erosion Control
This notice is to inform the prime eontractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible
for soil erosion control on their site.
The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of
soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways.
The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site
creates a potential for soil erosion. These instanees are usually the result of contractors and
subcontractors aecessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms
redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, stonn systems and waterways.
When erosion takes place, a Pliml1ing & Development Serviees Inspector ora Public Works
Inspector will place a eorrection notice at the site. The proeedure will be as follows:
1 st oecurrence Warning
2nd occurrence
3rd occurrence
4th oecurrenee
$32 reinspection fee
$80 reinspection fee
Stop work order
Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify
the erosion problem and charge the contractor aceordingly.
The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to
support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on
an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in eheek.
If the contractor would like to meet with a Public Works inspector on any particular site, please
contact Construction at 462-6126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741.
Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on
all land development projects.
Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result
in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder.
Contaet the City's Engineering Depmiment with specific questions at 562-4750.
Scetil)IlIV.O 1252008doe.doe
r~lge 60
Revised: 51 II 12005
Section IV - Technical Specifications
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the eurb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendieular with respect to the curb
of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals
cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to
service connection.
Markings shall be unifonn in size and shape and colors in confonnance with the code adopted by
the American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED Electric po\ver, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems
Police and fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines
SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall
be 6" x 3" and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall
be 4" X 2" and be placed on the curb face.
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after tbe
Engineer gives written notice to proceed, which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 -
General Conditions.
It is fm1her required that all work within this contract be completed within ~Q__
.consecutive calendar days. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the
Contractor fails to complete tbe work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount
stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The
work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays. and approved Holidays. If it becomes
necessary for the Contractor to perfonn work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of
Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion ofthe Assistant Public Services Director, will
require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the
amount of Three Hundred Twenty Dollars ($320.00) per eight-hour day for each Inspector given
such assignment.
SectilllllV.O I 252008doc.dllc
Page 62
Revised: 0/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF
EROSION VIOLATION
UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEAR
ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED ~
CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE.
Waming
$32.00 Reinspection Fee
$80.00 Reinspection Fee
Stop Work Order
CITY OF CLEARWATER
PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727562-4741
&
PUBLIC SERVICES/CONSTRUCTION 727 462-6126
DATE POSTED:
Inspector's Name:
Received by:
(Signature indicates only a copy of this r
received and does not in any way indicate ad
or conCUlTence with findings of the inspect01
Inspector's Signature:
IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE
ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED
SectionlV.O 1252008doc.doc
Page 61
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance.
41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES
41.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perfonn all operations in
conneetion with the construction of water mains and appurtenances including clearing,
excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up.
41.2 MATERIALS
41.2.1 GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall
be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modem design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaees, exposed bearings
and glands sball be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects
during shipment and construction.
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.5l 81 or latest revision.
Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure
(In.) (PSI)
4" 51 0.26 350
6" 50 0.25 350
8" 50 0.27 350
12" 50 0.31 350
The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to
centerline of pipe.
Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance wi th ANS Ii A WW A C 151/ A2l. 51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and scaled coated with
approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA Cl04/A2lA 80 or latest
reVISIOn.
SectilllllV.O 1252008docdoc
Page 63
Revised: 9/22/05
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proeeed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be perfonned by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12.3.10 WARRANTY
All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years,
provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used.
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE
The City desires to inform the general public on the City's use and expenditure of public fimding
for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the
Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full
course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at alllocation( s) of active work.
50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE
Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projeets and "portable" on projects which have extended
locations or various locations. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and
management of project sign(s) shall be lump sum for the entire project. The number of and type
of signs will be stated in the Scope of the Work section of the contract documents. Lump sum
item will be included in the bid proposal for signs. The particular wording to be used on the signs
will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the
wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference.
50.3 FIXED SIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4' by 8' in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same
size and a minimum thickness of 1/2". Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure
treated 4" by 4" below grade pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high
winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anehoring in the ground. Bottom of sign
must be a minimum of 24" above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to
fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on
both sides with exterior rated paint.
50.4
PORTABLE SIGNS
Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24" by 30" in size and will be attached to a standard sized
pOliable trafflc barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080" or thicker, background of
white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two
signs located and attached to each side of the trafflc barricade.
50.5 SIGN COLORING
Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other
lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional
to the sign itself.
ScctiolllV.O 1252008doc.doc
Page 107
Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical SpecifIcations
50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT
Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the
project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either
pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the City's right-of-way, the
signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the City's right-of-way,
the signs will be plaeed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of
active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in
several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and
will remain in place until the request for final payment.
50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The
Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs
are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
PROJECT NAME
A CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PROJECT
FUNDING:
CONTRACTOR:
CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION:
CITY PROJECT MANAGER:
PHONE
51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM
51.1 SCOPE
1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexit10r Color Finish System over
recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the
site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex
System.
2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a
satisfactory bond ofthe system to the existing surface.
3. All coverage rates are ealculated prior to dilution,
4. Plexit10r In-line Skating Surfacing System
. 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfaccr
. 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave
. 2 Coats of Plexiflor
. Plexicolor Line Paint
SectionlV.O 12S2008doc.doc
Page 108
Revised: (j/ll/OS
Section 1V - TechnicalSpeeifieations
adjustments shall be completed prior to the commeneement of milling and resurfaeing
operations.
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stonnwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's
Technical Specifications.
55.7 TYPES OF MilLING
There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the
pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height
and pavement cross section.
B. Full Width - This will eonsist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of
pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry
shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. .
55.8 MilLING OF INTERSECTIONS
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to
restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend
approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale.
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted.
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit priee for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of
radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's
discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals
necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures,
appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles,
posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through
the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction.
Clearing and grubbing shall be perf0l111ed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the
Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in
accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements.
SeetiolllV.O 1252008doe.doe
Page 122
Revised: 9/22/()5
Section 1V - Technical Specitications
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
fhe basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and
g;rubbed as specified on the plans or direeted by the Engineer.
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
fhe pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and
structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape
trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
57 RIPRAP
fhe work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble
riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (lastest edition).
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand-
cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble.
57.2 BASIS OF PAYM ENT
The pay item for sand-eement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling,
equipment, exeavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-eement and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and
shaping for plaeement of bedding stone, fIlter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill,
dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete tbe work.
No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap.
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY
This article applies to all City projeets located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants
(WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs.
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL
The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water
reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and
ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include:
. An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe bums
to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided
vvith a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response
Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the
contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of
these documents.
Section I V.O I 252()()gdoc.doc
Page 123
Revised: 9/22/05
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
pa:5ment will be made for these incorrect or "blaeked-out" areas. Omissions in stnpmg or
mCIrkings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
an~ shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the
work per the plans.
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Tl1e basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work
per the plans.
62 TREE PROTECTION
62.1 TREE BARRICADES
A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land
preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all
staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer
species.
3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species
4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts.
Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in
the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart.
Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and
shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative
must approve any variation from the above requirements.
C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
terminated. The area within the bauier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity dUling
construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall
remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor
utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative.
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or
debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier
no such material or litter shall be pennitted to remain within the protected area. No
SCCtillll! vo 1252008doc.doc
Page 125
Revised: 9/22105
Section IV - Technical Speci fications
equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such
protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this
section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
62.2
ROOT PRUNING
A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the eritical
root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society
of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perfonn, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce
the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to
any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the at1ected roots must be severed by clean
pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be
pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand
digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment
designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is
strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by
construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade
or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz,
Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root
Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspeetor
assigned to the project.
B. Root pruning shall only be prefonned by or under the direct supervision of an International
Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identifIed on site (i.e. staked or painted)
inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning.
D. Root pruning shall be prefonned as far in advance of other construction activities as is
feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated
tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any
root pruning activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter
from the tree base. Any exeeption must be approved by the City's representative prior to said
root pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be
done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing b'Tade, or to the depth of the disturbance ifless
than 18".
H. Root pruning shall be perfol111ed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent.
Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to
any work adjacent to trees to be preserved.
1. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any
excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected.
Section IV.O 1252008dl1c.doc
Page 126
Revi~ed: lJ/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree
roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled
around to prevent damage to the root.
K Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or
burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may
require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root
pruned trees.
N. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root
pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional
. bOling as opposed to open trenching.
62.3
PROPER TREE PRUNING
A All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or
under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist. Furthennore, all tree work shall confonn to the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and
other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300.
B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts
(pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree)
are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be
recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require
replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances.
C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed.
D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been
improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing
condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage
trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been
damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy
growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the
current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project
information as: Project Name & Number, Scope descliption, Location, Schedule, and Project
Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer
shall consult the City Webmaster tor the CUlTent requirements, before designing or updating the
Project Web Pages.
SecliolllV.O I 252008doc.doc
Page 127
Revised: 9/22/05
SECTION IV-A
SUPPLEMENT AL
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 02110
SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of site clearing is shown on Drawings.
B. SITE CLEARING INCLUDES, but is not limited to:
1. Protection of existing trees.
2. Removal of trees and other vegetation.
3. Topsoil stripping.
4. Clearing and grubbing.
5. Removing above-grade improvements.
6. Removing below-grade improvements.
C. RELA TED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
1. Earthwork: Section 02200.
1.03 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS:
1. Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements
indicated to remain in place.
2. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on Owner's property.
3. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to
parties having jurisdiction.
B. PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES AND VEGETATION:
1. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place,
against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning and
bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or
excavated materials within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or
parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees
and vegetation to be left: standing.
SITE CLEARlNG
02110-1
2. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as
required to maintain their health during course of construction operations.
3. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2" diameter cut during construction
operations. Coat cut faces with an emulsified asphalt, or other acceptable coating,
formulated for use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots
with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as
possible.
4. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain which are damaged by
construction operations, in a manner acceptable to Architect. Employ qualified
tree surgeon to repair damages to trees and shrubs.
5. Replace trees which cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as
determined by tree surgeon.
6. Where it is apparent, due to proximity of building or other improvements, that a
tree marked "to remain" will sustain considerable root damage, consult Architect
for instructions before proceeding.
C. SALVABLE IMPROVEMENTS:
1. Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises
where directed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not applicable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SITE CLEARING:
A. GENERAL:
1. Remove vegetation, improvements, or obstructions interfering with installation of
new construction. Remove such items elsewhere on site or premises as
specifically indicated. Removal includes digging out stumps and roots.
2. Carefully and cleanly cut roots and branches of trees indicated to be left standing,
where such roots and branches
obstruct new construction.
B. TOPSOIL REMOVAL:
1. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling
with the underlying subsoil or other objectionable material.
2. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping.
3. Where trees are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping a sufficient
distance to prevent damage to main root system.
4. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas shown or where directed. Construct
storage piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles if require to
prevent wind-blown dust.
SITE CLEARING
02110-2
5. Dispose of topsoil off-site which cannot be reused as top soil.
C. CLEARING AND GRUBBING:
1. Clean site of trees, shrubs and other vegetation, except for those indicated to be
left standing. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding
through ground surface.
2. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees indicated to be left
standing.
3. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil
material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
4. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6" loose depth, and
thoroughly compact to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
D. REMOVAL OF IMPROVEMENTS:
1. Remove above-grade and below-grade improvements necessary to permit
construction, and other work as indicated and as required.
2. Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be
shown on mechanical or electrical drawings. and is included under work of
those sections. Removal of abandoned underground piping or conduit interfering
with construction is included under this section.
3.02 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS:
A. REMOVAL FROM OWNER'S PROPERTY:
1. Remove waste materials and unsuitable and excess topsoil from Owner's property
and dispose of off site.
END OF SECTION
SITE CLEARING
02110-3
SECTION 02280
TERMITE CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. PROVIDE SOIL TREATMENT for termite control as herein specified.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS of these Specifications, comply with
manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work, including preparation of
substrate and application.
B. ENGAGE APROFESSIONAL PESTCONTROL OPERATOR, licensed in accordance
with regulations of governing authorities for application of soil treatment
solution.
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. RESTRICTIONS:
1. Do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling and grading operations
are completed.
2. To insure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soils or during
inclement weather. Comply with handling and application instructions of soil
toxicant manufacturer.
1.05 GUARANTEE:
SUBMIT 2 COPIES of written guarantee certifying that chemicals having the required
concentration and rate of application as hereinafter specified have been applied and that
soil poisoning treatment will prevent attack by subterranean termites for a period of not
less than 5 years, and, that if subterranean termite activity is discovered during
guarantee period, Contractor will retreat soil and also repair or replace damage caused
by termite infestation. This guarantee shall be secured by a Repair Bond in the amount
of $50,000 minimum for each occurrence and shall include provisions for Owner to
renew Bond for an additional 10 years on a yearly basis.
TERMITE CONTROL
02280-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SOIL TREATMENT SOLUTION:
A. USE AN EMULSIBLE CONCENTRATE INSECTICIDE for dilution with water,
specially formulated to prevent infestation by termites. Fuel oil will not be permitted as
a diluent. Provide a working solution of one of the following chemical elements and
concentrations:
1. Chioropyrifos ("Dursban- TC"); 1.0% in water emulsion.
2. Permathrin ("Dragnet", Torpeo"); 0.5% in water emulsion.
B. OTHER SOLUTIONS may be used as recommended by Applicator and if acceptable to
local governing authorities. Use only soil treatment solutions which are not injurious to
planting.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION:
A. REMOVE FOREIGN MATTER which could decrease effectiveness of treatment on
areas to be treated. Loosen, rake and level soil to be treated, except previously
compacted areas under slabs and foundations.
B. APPL Y SOIL TREATMENT SOLUTION at following minimum rate:
1. Within building area, with or without slabs-on grade, at rate of one gallon per 10
square feet.
2. Outside building perimeter, under aprons, pads, or paved extensions, at rate of one
gallon per 5 square feet.
3. At hollow masonry foundations treat voids at rate of one gallon per 5 lineal feet,
poured directly into hollow spaces.
4. At control joints, along both sides of foundation walls and areas where slab will
be penetrated, at rate of 2 gallons per 5 lineal feet of penetration.
C. ALLOW DRYING TIMEafter application of not less than 12 hours before beginning
concrete placement or other construction activities.
D. POST SIGNS in areas of application warning workers that soil poisoning has been
applied. Remove signs when areas are covered by other construction.
E. REAPPL Y SOIL TREATMENT SOLUTION to areas disturbed by subsequent
Excavation or other construction activities following application.
END OF SECTION
TERMITE CONTROL
02280-2
SECTION 02201
BUILDING SITE EARTHWORK
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of Building site earthwork is shown on the drawings and includes work
required for, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Excavation, backfilling and compaction for building foundations is included as
part of this work.
2. Excavating, backfilling and compaction of utility trenches within the building
lines, and to 5 feet outside is included as part of this work.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. CODES AND STANDARDS: Perform work in compliance with applicable
requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction.
B. TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICE: Employ, at Contractor's expense, a testing
laboratory acceptable to Architect to perform soil testing and inspection service for
testing suitability of footing sub grades and density of building slab subgrade.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. TEST REPORTS-EXCAVATING, FITTING, AND GRADING: Submit 1 copy of all
test reports directly to the Architect from the Testing and Inspection Service, with copy
to the Contractor.
1. Test reports on borrow material.
2. Field density test reports.
3. One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered.
4. Verification of suitability of footing sub grades.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. SITE INFORMATION: A copy of soils report and boring logs are available for review
at the office of the Architect. Data on indicated subsurface conditions arc not intended
as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. It is
expressly understood that Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or
BUILDING SITE EARTHWORK
02201- ]
conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Data are made available for the
convenience of Contractor.
1. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by
Contractor at no cost to Owner.
B. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: Banicade open excavations
occurring as part of this work.
P ART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SOIL MATERIALS:
A. BACKFILL AND FILL MATERIALS: Provide acceptable soil materials for backfill
and fill. Provide relatively clean sand free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2- in any
dimension, debris, waste, vegetable or other deleterious matter, and with no more than
10% of the total material passing the #200 mesh sieve. Soil materials must be approved
by the Testing and Inspection Service.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION:
A. EXCA V A TION consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when
establishing required grade elevations.
B. STABILITY OF EXCA V A nONS:
1. Maintain the sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion
of backfilling.
C. DEWATERING:
1. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into the
excavations.
2. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Provide and maintain pumps,
sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components
necessary to convey the water away from excavations.
3. Convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting or run-off
areas. Do not use trench excavations for site utilities as temporary drainage
ditches.
D. EXCAVATION FOR FOUNDATIONS:
1. Conform to the elevations and dimensions shown on the Drawings, within a
tolerance of plus or minus 0.10'.
2. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb the bottom of
the excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement
BUILDING SITE EARTHWORK
02201-2
is placed. Trim bottoms to the required lines and grades to leave a solid base to
receive concrete.
E. EXCAVATION FOR TRENCHES:
1. Dig trenches to the uniform width required for the particular item to be installed,
sufficiently wide to provide ample working room.
2. Excavate trenches to the depth indicated or required. Carry the depth of trenches
for piping to establish the indicated flowlines and invert elevations.
3. Grade bottoms of trenches as required, notching under pipe bells to provide solid
bearing for the entire body of the pipe.
4. Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18" of
column or wall footings and which are carried below the bottom of such footings,
or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to the level of the bottom of
adjacent footing.
5. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made. Use care in
backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems.
3.02 COMPACTION:
A. CONTROL SOIL COMPACTION during fill and backfill for compliance with the
percentage of density specified for each area classification.
B. PERCENTAGE OF MAXIMUM DENSITY REQUIREMENTS: Compact soil to not
less than the following percentages of maximum density for soils which exhibit a well-
defined moisture density relationship determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557
(Modified Proctor Density).
1. Building Slabs: 95% maximum density.
2. Trenches: 95% maximum density.
3.03 BACKFILL AND FILL:
A. GENERAL:
1. In all excavations and under building slabs and under walks and pavement, use
satisfactory excavated or borrow material that has been sampled, tested and
approved by the soil testing agency.
B. PRIOR TO BACKFILL PLACEMENT: Backfill excavations as promptly as the work
permits, but not until completion of the following:
1. Completion of construction below finish grade.
2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities.
3. Removal of concrete formwork.
4. Removal of trash and debris.
C. PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION:
I. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 12" in loose depth for
BUILDING SITE EARTHWORK
02201-3
material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4" in
loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
2. Before compaction, moisten each layer as necessary to provide the optimum
moisture content. Compact each layer to the required percentage of maximum dry
density for each area classification.
3. Care shall be taken to insure that all backfill around foundation excavations and
in service line trenches beneath slabs--on-grade is properly placed and
compacted.
3.04 GRADING:
A. GENERAL: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this Section,
including adjacent transition area. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances,
compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown, or
between such points and existing grades. Bring all grades to finish elevations given
minus clearance for construction which is to be placed on the grade at the various
locations.
B. GRADING SURF ACE OF FILL UNDER BUILDING SLABS: Grade smooth and
even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final
grades within a tolerance of 112" when tested with a 10' straightedge.
C. COMPACTION:After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and percentage
of maximum density for each area classification.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION: Testing service must
inspect, take field density tests and approve sub grades and fill layers before further
construction work is performed thereon.
B. MINIMUM NUMBER OF DENSITY TESTS:
1. Building Area: 1 for every 3000 to 5000 square feet of sub grade and
compacted fill layer.
2. Backfilling of trenches 1 for every 50 lineal feet.
C. IF, based on testing service reports and inspection, the sub grade or fills which have
been placed are below the specified density, provide additional compaction and testing
at Contractor's expense.
3.06 MAINTENANCE:
A. PROTECTION OF GRADED AREAS:
1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.
2. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas.
BUILDING SITE EARTHWORK
02201-4
B. RECONDITIONING COMPACTED AREAS: Where completed areas are disturbed by
subsequentconstruction operations or adverse weather, scarify the surface, re-shape, and
compact to the required density prior to further construction. Use hand tamping for
recompaction over underground utilities.
3.07 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS:
A. REMOVE EXCESS excavated materiaL trash, debris and waste materials from the
Owner's property and legally dispose of it.
END OF SECTION
BUILDING SITE EARTHWORK
02201-5
SECTION 02514
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of concrete curbs, walks, and paving is shown on the drawings and
specified herein.
1.03 RELATED WORK:
A. PREPARED SUBBASE: Section 02200.
B. CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS: Section 03310.
C. JOINT SEALERS: Section 07900.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. FORMS: Steel or wood, of size and strength to resist movement during concrete
placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight
forms, free of distortion and defects.
1. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as
required.
2. Coat forms with a non-staining form release agent that will not discolor or deface
the surface of the concrete.
B. WELDED WIRE MESH: Welded plain cold-drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A 185.
C. REINFORCING BARS: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
2.02 CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN AND TESTING:
A. COMPL Y WITH REQUIREMENTS of applicable Division 3 sections for concrete mix
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAYING
02514-1
design, sampling and testing, and quality control, and as herein specified.
B. DESIGN THE MIX to produce standard-weight concrete consisting of portland cement,
aggregate, air-entraining admixture and water to produce the following properties:
1. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi, minimum at 28 days.
2. Slump Range:3" to 5".
3. Air Content: 5% to 8%.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. EXAMINE THE AREAS and conditions under which concrete curbs, walks, and paving
are to be installed and notifY the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the
proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. REMOVE loose material from the compacted subbase surface immediately before
placing concrete.
3.03 FORM CONSTRUCTION:
A. SET FORMS to the required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Install
sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuous progress of the work and so that forms
can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
3.04 REINFORCEMENT:
A. LOCATE, PLACE AND SUPPORT reinforcement as specified in Division 3 sections,
unless otherwise indicated.
3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
A. GENERAL: Comply with the requirements of Division 3 sections for mixing and
placing concrete, and as herein specified:
1. Moisten subgrade if required to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time
concrete is placed.
2. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they have been
brought to the required grade and alignment.
3.06 JOINTS:
A. GENERAL: Construct expanSIOn, weakened-plane (contraction), and construction
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
02514-2
joints true-to-line with face perpendicular to surface of the concrete, unless otherwise
indicated. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. WEAKENED PLANE (CONTROL) JOINTS: Form weakened plane joints in fresh
concrete by grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing
edges with a jointer. (Tooled Joints).
C. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Coordinate work so that pours will end at expansion joints
or at other natural terminations.
D. EXP ANSION JOINTS (ExpJt): Provide premolded joint filler for expansion Jomts
abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks and other fixed
objects, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Locate expansion joints at 20' o.c. for each continuous run of curb, walkway or
pavement slab, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Extend joint fillers full-width and depth of joint. Place top of joint filler flush with
finished concrete surface.
3. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for the full width being placed, wherever
possible.
3.07 CONCRETE FINISHING:
A. AFTER striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth the surface by screeding and
floating. Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust the
floating to compact the surface and produce a uniform texture.
B. AFTER floating, test surface for trueness with a 10' straightedge. Distribute concrete as
required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide a
continuous smooth finish.
C. WORK edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging
tool, and round to 1/2" radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate any tool marks on
concrete surface.
D. AFTER completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has
disappeared, complete surface finishing, by applying a broom finish.
3.08 CURING:
A. PROTECT AND CURE finished concrete paving, complying with applicable
requirements of Division 3 sections. Use moist-curing methods for initial curing
whenever possible.
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
02514-3
3.09 REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS:
A. REPAIR OR REPLACE broken or defective concrete.
B. PROTECT CONCRETE from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from
pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted,
maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of
materials as they occur.
C. SWEEP CONCRETE pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt and other
foreign material just prior to final inspection.
END OF SECTION
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
02514-4
SECTION 02720
STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
B. FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, "Standard Specifications for
Road and Bridge Construction", herein referred to as DOT specifications.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of storm sewer system work is shown on the Drawings, and includes
excavation and backfill.
B. STORM SEWER SYSTEM WORK includes, but is not necessarily limited to the
following:
1. Storm sewer conduits.
2. Catch basins, frames and gratings.
3. Roof drainage lines.
C. COMPL Y with the requirements of applicable DIVISION 3 sections for concrete work
required in connection with storm sewer system work.
D. RELATED WORK specified elsewhere:
1. Exterior Water Systems: Section 02660.
2. Sanitary Sewage Systems: Section 02730.
3. Concrete Work: Section 03310.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. INSTALLER: A firm specializing and experienced in storm sewer system work for
not less than 2 years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT MATERIALS:
A. GENERAL: Furnish required fittings of the same type and class of material as the
conduit, or of material having equal or superior physical and chemical properties.
STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS
02720-1
B. REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE(RCP): ASTM C 76, Class III with modified tongue-
and-groove compressiongasket joints complying with ASTM C 443.
C. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE: ASTM D 3034.
D. DUCTILE IRON PIPE: As per City Specifications.
2.02 CONCRETE STRUCTURES:
A. CATCH BASINS: As detailed on the Drawings.
B. USE 3000# CONCRETE, and steel reinforcing as specified inSECTION 03310.
2.03 METAL ACCESSORIES:
A. CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATINGS: Grey cast iron, ASTM A 48, Class 30
B, H-20 loading in traffic areas.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. INSTALLER MUST EXAMINE the areas and conditions under which storm sewer
system work is to installed and notifY the Contractor in writing of conditions
detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the
work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the
Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT:
A. GENERAL:
1. Install conduit in accordance with DOT specification Section 430, except where
more stringent requirements are indicated, or are required by local authority.
2. Inspect conduit before installation to detect any apparent defects. Mark defective
materials with white paint and promptly remove from the site.
3. Lay conduit beginning at the low point of a system, true to the grades and
alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert.
4. Install gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. CONCRETE PIPE: Install in accordance with the following Florida DOT
Specifications Sections:
1. For excavation: Section 125-4.4.
2. For backfill: Section 125-8.3.
STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS
02720-2
3.03 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES:
A. CONSTRUCT CONCRETE JUNCTION BOXES in locations shown on Drawings.
1. Set cast iron frames and covers to the elevations indicated on the Drawings.
B. CONSTRUCT CONCRETE CATCH BASINS of the sizes and shapes and locations as
shown on the Drawings.
1. Set cast iron frames and gratings to the elevations indicated on the Drawings.
3.04 BACKFILLING:
A. GENERAL:
1. Conduct backfill operations of open-cut trenches closely following laying,
jointing and bedding of pipe, and after initial inspection iscompleted. Refer to
DOT Section 125-8.3.
END OF SECTION
STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS
02720-3
SECTION 03310
CONCRETE WORK
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-l Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK:
A. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, materials and equipment necessary to complete all concrete
poured-in-place (including all related work and/or services) as indicated on Drawings
and as specified herein.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. CODES AND STANDARDS: Unless otherwise noted on Drawings or specified herein,
all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable requirements of
the "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Building" (ACI 30l).ACI 301 shall be
supplemented by the following section numbers of ACI 301:
1. 3.2 - Strength: As indicated on the Drawings.
2. 5.2 - Reinforcing steel as herein specified.
3. ACI - 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
B. TESTING: The Contractor shall not make tests with his own forces. All testing shall be
by a Testing Laboratory approved by the Architect before any concrete is poured for the
project.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. SHOP DRAWINGS; REINFORCEMENT: Submit shop drawings for fabrication,
bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of
Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules,
stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include
special reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures. Submitted
shop drawings shall be checked and signed by the General Contractor.
B. Proposed mix designs; submit proposed mix designs for each class of concrete
according to ACI 301 Chapter 3, Method 1 or 2.
CONCRETE WORK
03310-1
P ART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. REINFORCING STEEL shall be domestic steel conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60.
Welded steel wire fabric (WWF): ASTM A185.
B. READY-MIXED CONCRETE: ready-mixed concrete small miscellaneous approved by
Architect. All concrete for this project shall be in accordance with ASIM C 94 except
for amounts mixed in procedure and proportions
C. CONCRETE MATERIALS:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
Use one brand of cement throughout proj ect, unless otherwise specified. Provide
aggregate from a single source for exposed concrete.
2. Non-Shrink Grout: CRD-C 621, factory pre-mixed grout, Type D,non-metallic.
3. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Federal Spec TT-C-800, Type I. Do
not use on slabs or other horizontal surfaces.
D. PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES:
1. Slump Limits: Proportion and design concrete slump at point of placement of 4
inches (Plus or minus 1 inch) except provide not more than 3 inch slump for ramps
and sloping surfaces.
2. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial
batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If trial batch method
used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect for preparing and
reporting proposed mix designs. The test facility shall not be the same as used for
field quality control testing unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
3. Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete
at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until mixes
have been reviewed by Architect.
4. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the properties as indicated on
drawings and schedules.
5. Admixtures: None without prior approval ofthe Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES to coordinate all openings and placement of
embedded items which are required to be furnished and/or placed under those sections
of the Project Manual pertaining to those applicable trades.
CONCRETE WORK
03310-2
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION:
1. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold
or hot temperatures.
2. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after
placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than
7 days.
3. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before
concrete has dried. Continue final curing tor at least 7 days in accordance with ACI
301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period.
B. REMOVAL OF FORMS:
1. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, wall, columns,
and similar parts of the work may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less
than 50 Deg. F (10 deg. C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is
sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided
curing and protection operations are maintained.
2. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, joists, slabs and
other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days and until
concrete has attained design minimum compressive strength at 28-days. Determine
potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field-cured specimens
representative of concrete location or members.
3. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement, only if shores and
other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form facing material
without loosening or disturbing shores and supports.
3.03 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION:
A. A SEPARATE TESTING LABORATORY shall be employed by the Contractor,
acceptable to Architect, to perform all concrete field tests and to submit test reports
directly to Architect. Concrete shall be sampled as follows:
1. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test for each set of compressive strength test specimens.
2. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for each
compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed.
3. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each 50 cu. yds. or fraction
thereof, of each concrete class placed in anyone day or for each 2,500 sq ft. of
surface area placed; 1 specimen tested at 7 days, 2 specimens tested at 28 days, and
one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
4. Air Content: ASTM C 173; volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight
concrete; ASTM C 231 pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each
set of compressive strength test specimens.
5. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and
below, and when 80 deg. F (27 deg. C) and above; and each time a set of
compression test specimens made; record air temperature.
CONCRETE WORK
03310-3
B. TEST RESULTS SHALL BE REPORTED IN WRITING to Architect, Structural
Engineer, and Contractor on same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive
strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete
placement, name of contractor, name of concrete supplier and truck number, name of
concrete testing service, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive
strength at 28 days, compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day
tests and 28-day tests.
C. ADDITIONAL TESTS: The testing service shall make additional tests of in-place
concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics
have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. The testing service shall
conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with
ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests
conducted, and any other additional testing as may be required, when unacceptable
concrete is verified.
D. WATER IS NOT AUTHORIZED to be added to ready-mixed concrete at the project
site. If unauthorized water is added, the testing laboratory shall make a set of
compressive test specimens and slump test after the addition of water and report the fact
to the Architect immediately.
3.04 FINISHING:
A. SLABS INTERIOR: Steel trowel to a hard, dense finish.
B. SLABS EXTERIOR: Light broom finish.
END OF SECTION
CONCRETE WORK
03310-4
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL:
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-i Specification sections apply to work
specified in this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of each type of masonry work is shown on Drawings and in schedules.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. JOB MOCK-UP:
1. Prior to installation of brick masonry work, erect sample wall panel mock-up
using materials, bond and joint tooling required for final work. Build mock-up at
the site, where directed, approximately 4' x 4' .indicating proposed range of color,
texture and workmanship to be expected in completed work.
2. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities of mock-up before start of
masonry work.
3. Retain mock-up during construction as a standard for judging completed masonry
work. Do not alter, move or destroy mock-up until work is completed.
4. At Contractor's option, mock-up may be a portion of permanent wall.
B. FIRE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Where fire-resistance ratings are
required for unit masonry work, provide materials and construction which are identical.
to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing in
compliance with ASTM E 119 by a recognized testing and inspecting organization or
by another means, as acceptable to authority having jurisdiction.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. SAMPLES: Submit, for approval, 2 sets of samples (minimum of 6 brick in each set)
of brick required. Include in each set full range of exposed color and texture to be
expected in completed work. Compliance with all other requirements is exclusive
responsibility of Contractor.
B. TEST REPORTS: Submit test reports or letter certifying brick compliance with
specification requirements.
UNIT MASONRY
04200-1
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. PROTECTION OF WORK: During erection, cover top of wall with heavy waterproof
sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is
not in progress and to protect masonry cores from rain.
B. STAINING: Prevent grout or mortar from staining face of masonry to be left: exposed
or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL:
A. MANUFACTURER: Obtain masonry units from one manufacturer, of uniform texture
and color for each kind required, for each continuous area and visually related areas.
B. MASONRY UNIT CHARACTERISTICS: Provide units complying with standards
referenced and requirements indicated.
2.02 BRICK:
A. PROVIDE FACING BRICK meeting or exceeding the requirements for ASTM C 216,
Grade SW, Type FBS.
B. SIZE, TEXTURE AND COLOR: As indicated on the Drawings.
2.03 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU):
A. SIZE: Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16" long x 8"
high (15-5/8" x 7-5/8" actual), unless otherwise indicated. Width shown on Drawings.
B. SPECIAL SHAPES: Providewhere shown and where required for lintels, comers,
jambs, control joints, headers, bonding and other special conditions.
C. PROVIDE NORMAL WEIGHT AGGREGATE HOLLOW LOAD-BEARING CMU
units complying with ASTM C 90 Grade N-i with a compressive strength of not less
than 1500 PSI (Net Section Area).
D. WHERE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS are required for unit masonry work, provide
"Solite" unit masonry that complies with ASTM C-90 Grade N-l or ASTM C-145
Grade N -1 as necessary to provide load bearing capacity required and the fire ratings
required.
UNIT MASONRY
04200-2
2.04 PRECAST LINTELS AND SILLS
A. PRECAST LINTEL BEAMS, using 5,000 p.s.i. concrete, where employed over
openings, shall have not less than eight (8) inches bearing at each end on the masonry
blockwork. Lintels for openings exceeding four (4) feet wide but not exceeding eight
(8) feet wide, shall be eight (8) inches wide by eight (8) inches deep, and contain two
(2) No. 6 bars top and bottom. Precast lintel beams shall be provided with No. 3
stirrups at eight (8) inch spacing.
B. PRECAST SILLS shall be of size and shape as shown on the drawings, placed in full
bed of mortar level and true.
2.05 MORTAR MATERIALS:
A. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C 150, Type 1.
B. HYDRATED LIME: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. SAND: ASTM C 144.
D. WATER: Clean and potable.
2.06 MASONRY ACCESSORIES:
A. HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING AND TIES FOR MASONRY:
1. Provide welded wire units prefabricated in straight lengths of not less than 10'
with matching corner ("L") and intersecting ("T") units. Fabricate from cold-
drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A 82, with deformed continuous side
rods and plain cross rods, into units with widths of approximately 2" less than
nominal width of walls and partitions as required to position side rods for full
embedment in mortar with mortar coverage of not less than 5/8" on joint faces
exposed to exterior and not less than 1/2" elsewhere. Provide the following type
of joint reinforcing unless otherwise indicated.
(a) Truss type with diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" O.c.
(b) Number of side rods: Single pair for single wythe masonry. For multi-
wythe masonry, one side rod for each brick wythe and one side rod for each
face sheet of each concrete masonry wythe.
2. Wire Sizes: Fabricate with 9-gage side and cross rods.
3. Wire Finish:
(a) For exterior walls hot-dip galvanize joint reinforcing after fabrication to
comply with ASTM A i53, Class B-2 coating (1.5 oz. per sq. ft.).
(b) For interior walls provide manufacturer's standard mill galvanized finish.
B. INDIVIDUAL WIRE TIES FOR MASONRY:
I. Fabricate from 3/16" cold-drawn steel wire, ASTM A 82, unless otherwise
indicated, of the length required for proper embedment in wythes or masonry.
UNIT MASONRY
04200-3
(a) For use with hollow masonry units laid cells vertical, provide rectangular
shaped ties.
(b) For use with solid masonry units, provide ties with ends bent to 90 degree
angles to form hooks not less than 2" long.
(c) Where spacing and back-up joints do not align, provide either offset or
adjustable 2-piece ties.
2. For exterior walls, fabricate from steel wire with 1.5 oz. hot-dip zinc coating,
ASTM A 153 Class B-2.
C. ANCHORS AND TIES:
1. Masonry Veneer Anchors: Where shown on Drawings provide corrugated metal
ties not less than 22 ga. and not less than 7/8" wide and 7" long with one end
crimped for attachment to substrate. Size to extend to within 3/4" of face of
masonry veneer.
2. For interior work, fabricate from steel with mill galvanized or hot-dip coating.
3. For devices which extend into exterior wythe, fabricate from steel with hot-dip
galvanized coating, ASTM A 153, Class B-2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
A. THICKNESS: Build masonry construction to the full thickness shown, except, build
single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal
thickness shown or specified.
B. CUT MASONRY UNITS with motor-driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean,
sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit
adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever possible.
C. WET CLA Y BRICK having ASTM C 67 absorption rates greater than 0.025 oz. per
square inch per minute.
1. Determine absorption by drawing a circle the size of a quarter on typical units and
place 20 drops of water inside the circle.
2. Wet brick units only if water is absorbed within 1-1/2 minutes.
D. DO NOT WET concrete masonry units.
E. PATTERN BOND: Lay exposed masonry in the bond pattern shown, or if not shown,
lay in running bond with vertical joint in each course centeredon units in courses above
and below. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe bonded by lapping not less
than 2inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at comers.
F. LA Y OUT WALLS IN ADVANCE for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with
uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement-type joints, returns
UNIT MASONRY
04200-4
and offsets. Avoid the use of less-than-size units at comers, jambs and wherever
possible at other locations.
G. LA Y-UP WALLS plumb and true and with course level, accurately spaced and
coordinated with other work.
H. STOPPING AND RESUMING WORK: Rack back il2-masonry unit length in each
course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if
specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying
fresh masonry.
1. BUILT-IN WORK: As the work progresses, build-in items specified under this and
other sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
1. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar.
2. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place
a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.
3.02 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING:
A. MORTAR MIXES: ASTM C 270, Proportion Specifications, and of the following
types.
1. Use Type S mortar for exterior above grade loadbearing and non-loading walls,
parapet walls, pavements, and for interior loadbearing walls.
2. Use Type N mortar for interior non-loadbearing partitions.
B. BATCH CONTROL:
1. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight, such that the required
proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained. Measurement
of sand exclusively by shovel will not be pennitted.
2. Mix mortars with the maximum amount of water consistent with workability to
provide maximum tensile bond strength within the capacity of the mortar.
3. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer.
Use water clear and free of deleterious materials which would impair the work.
Do not use mortar which has begun to set, or if more than 2-112 hours has elapsed
since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-112 hour period as required to
restore workability.
C. LA Y BRICK AND OTHER SOLID MASONRY UNITS with completely filled bed
and head joint; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into
place. Do not slush head joints.
D. LA Y HOLLOW CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS with full mortar coverage on
horizontal and vertical face sheets; also bed webs in mortar in starting course on
footings and foundation walls.
E. JOINTS: Maintain joint widthsshown, except for minor variations required to maintain
UNIT MASONRY
04200-5
bond alignment. If not otherwise indicated, lay walls with 3/8 inch joints. Cut joints
flush for masonry walls which are to be concealed or to be covered by other materials.
Tool exposed joints slightly concave. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of
caulking or sealants where shown.
F. REMOVE MASONRY UNITS DISTURBED after laying; clean and relay in fresh
mortar. Do not pound comers at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in
position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh
mortar.
3.03 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING:
A. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING as shown and
specified. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a
minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls and 1/2 inch at other locations.
Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches at ends of units. Do not bridge control and
expansion joints with reinforcing except as otherwise indicated. Provide continuity at
comers and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and
bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column
fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special conditions.
B. SPACE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL REINFORCING at 16 inches o.c. vertically
unless otherwise shown.
3.04 ANCHORING MASONRY WORK:
A. PROVIDE ANCHORING DEVICES of the type shown and as specified. If not shown
or specified, provide standard type for facing and back-up involved.
B. ANCHOR MASONRY to structural members where masonry abuts or faces such
members to comply with the following:
1. Space anchors vertically and as shown, but not more than 24 inches o.c. 36
inches o.c. horizontally.
C. ANCHOR SINGLE WYTHE MASONRY VENEER to backing with metal ties as
follows:
1. Anchor embedded Provide indicated.
2. Anchor veneer to concrete back-up with dovetail anchors.
3. Space veneer anchors as shown, or if not shown, space not more than 24 inches
o.c. vertically and horizontally. Provide additional anchors within 1'-0" of
openings and space not more than 3 ' -0" around perimeter.
4. Anchor veneer to masonry back-up with two-piece wall anchors spaced not more
than 24 inches o.c. vertically and horizontally. Provide additional anchors within
l' -0" of openings and space not more than 3' -0" around perimeter.
UNIT MASONRY
04200-6
3.05 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING:
A. REMOVE AND REPLACE EXPOSED-TO-VIEW MASONRY UNITS which are
loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if do not match adjoining
units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh
mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. REMOVE AND REPLACE CONCEALED-FROM-VIEW MASONRY UNITS which
are loose, broken, or similarly damaged. Provide new units and install in fresh mortar
or grout.
C. POINTING: During tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes,
and completely fill with mortar. Point-up all joints at corners, openings and adjacent
work to provide a neat, unifoffil appearance, properly prepared for application of
caulking or sealant compounds.
D. CLEAN EXPOSED BRICK MASONRY SURF ACES by the bucket and brush hand
cleaning method or by high pressure washing method.
1. Use commercial cleaning agents in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. CLEAN EXPOSED CMU by dry brushing at the end of each day's work and after
final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings.
END OF SECTION
UNIT MASONRY
04200-7
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. DEFINITION: Metal fabrications includes items made from iron and steel shapes,
plates, bars, tubes and pipes which are not a part of structural steel or other metal
systems specified elsewhere.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
SHOP DRA WINGS: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of
miscellaneous metal fabrications. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and
connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchor and
bolt installation by others.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS; METALS:
A. METAL SURFACES, GENERAL: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which
will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface
blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and
roughness.
B. STEEL PLATES, SHAPES AND BARS: ASTM A 36.
C. STEEL TUBING: Cold formed, ASTM A 500 or hot rolled, ASTM A 50 I.
D. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHEET: Hot-rolled, ASTM A 570; or cold-rolled ASTM A
611, Class 1; of grade required for design loading.
E. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53; Type and grade (if applicable) as selected by fabricator and
as required for design loading; black finish unless galvanizing is indicated; standard
weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500-1
F. BRACKETS, FLANGES AND ANCHORS: Metal of the same type material and finish
as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.
G. CONCRETE INSERTS: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either
malleable iron, ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A27. Provide bolts, washers and
shims as required, hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A 153.
2.02 GROUT:
A. NON-SHRINK NON-METALLIC GROUT: Pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-
staining, non-corrosive, non gaseous grout, complying with CE CRD-C621. Provide
grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications
of type specified in this section.
2.03 FASTENERS:
A. GENERAL: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior
walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required.
B. BOLTS AND NUTS: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A-307, Grade A.
C. MACHINE SCREWS: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92.
D. WOOD SCREWS: Flat head carbon steel, ES FE-S-l11.
E. PLAIN WASHERS: Round, carbon steel, ES FF-W-92.
F. MASONRY ANCHORAGE DEVICES: Expansion shields, ES FF-S-325.
G. TOGGLE BOLTS: Tumble-wing type, ES EE-B-588, type, class and style as required.
H. LOCK WASHERS: Helical spring type carbon steel, ES FF-W-84.
2.04 PAINT:
A. SHOP PRIMER FOR FERROUS METAL: Manufacturer's or fabricator's standard,
fast-curing, lead-free, "universal" primer; selected for good resistance to normal
atmospheric corrosion, for compatibility with finish paint systems indicated and for
capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged
exposure; complying with performance requirements ofES FF-P-645.
1. Primer selected must be compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinate
selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Division 9.
METAL FABRlCATIONS
.05500-2
B. GAL V ANIZING REPAIR PAINT: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing
welds in galvanized steel, complying with Military Specifications MIL-P-21035 (Ships)
or SSPC-Paint-:-20.
2.05 FABRICATION, GENERAL:
A. WORKMANSHIP:
1. Use materials of size and thickness shown or. if not shown, of required size and
thickness to produce strength and durability in finished product. Work to
dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of
fabrication and support. Use type of materials shown or specified for various
components of work.
2. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges.
3. Weld comers and seams continuously, complying with A WS recommendations.
At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and
blend with adjoining surfaces.
4. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners whenever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type shown or, if not
shown, Phillips flat-heat (countersunk) screws or bolts.
5. Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water or
provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
6. Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure.
Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended
use.
7. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive
finish hardware and similar items.
8. Metal fabrications shall comply with OSHA requirements.
B. GALVANIZING:
1. Provide a zinc coating for those items shown or specified to be galvanized, as
follows:
a. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
C. SHOP PAINTING:
1. Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except members or portions of members to
be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded, and
galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise specified.
2. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before applying shop coat.
Clean off heavy rust and loose mills scale in accordance with SSPC SP-2 "Hand
Tool Cleaning", or SSPC SP-3 "Power Tool Cleaning", or SSPC SP-7 "Brush-Off
Blast Cleaning".
3. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-l
"Solvent Cleaning".
METAL F ABRlCATIONS
05500-3
4. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on primer in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions, and at a rate of providing uniform dry film
thickness of 2.0 mils for each coat. Use painting methods which will result in full
coverage of joints, comers, edges and exposed surfaces.
5. Apply one coat to fabricated metal items.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. COORDINATE AND FURNISH anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates,
instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts,
sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be
embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to
project site.
3.02 INSTALLATION; GENERAL:
A. FASTENING TO IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION: Provide anchorage devices and
fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place
construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-
bolts, and other connectors as required.
B. CUTTING, FITTING AND PLACEMENT: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting
required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in
location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from
established lines and levels.
C. FIT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS accurately together to form tight hairline joints.
Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop
welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch-
up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which
have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed
field connections.
D. FIELD WELDING: Comply with A WS Code for procedures of manual shielded
metal-arc welding, appearing and quality of welds made, and methods used in
correcting welding work.
3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN:
A. TOUCH-UP PAINTING: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same
material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry
film thickness of 2.0 mils.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500-4
B. FOR GAL V ANIZED SURFACES Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded
areas and apply 2 coast of galvanizing repair paint.
END OF SECTION
METAL F ABRrCA nONS
05500-5
SECTION 05520
HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK;
A. EXTENT of railings is indicated on Contract Documents.
B. TYPES of railings required include the following:
1. Aluminum pickets with wood handrails.
C. STEEL PIPE RAILINGS (if any) are specified in another Division 5 Section, "Metal
Fabrication".
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCES: Provide railing assemblies which, when installed,
comply with the following minimum requirements for structural performance, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Handrails: Capable of withstanding the following loads as indicated.
a. Concentrated load of 200 lb. applied at any point in any direction.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation
instructions for products and processes used in railings, including finishes and grout.
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of railings.
Include plans, elevations and details of fittings, connections, and anchorages to other
work. Provide templates for anchor and bolt installation by others.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. ALUMINUM: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer or
HANDRAILS AND RAfLLNGS
05520-1
finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and
durability properties of the alloy and temper, designed below for each aluminum form
required.
1. Extruded Bar and Shape: ASTM B 221, 6063-T6.
2. Extruded Pipe and Tube: ASTM B 429, 6063- T6.
3. Castings: ASTM B 26, 356-T6.
B. WOOD HANDRAILS: Wood handrail of species and profile indicated and with all
surfaces sanded smooth. Finish by Section 09900 unless otherwise indicated.
C. NON-SHRINK NON-METALLIC GROUT: Pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-
staining, non-corrosive, non-gaseous grout complying with CE CRD-C621. Provide
grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications of
type specified in this section.
D. WELDING ELECTRODES AND FILLER METAL: Provide type and alloy of filler
metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded, and as
required for color match, strength and compatibility in fabricated items.
E. FASTENERS: Do not use metals which are corrosive or incompatible with materials
joined.
1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnection of handrail and railing
components and for their attachment to other work, except where otherwise
indicated.
F. ANCHORS AND INSERTS: Provide anchors of proper type, size, and material for type
of loading and installation condition shown, as recommended by manufacturer, unless
otherwise indicated. Use non-ferrous metal of hot-dipped galvanized anchors and
inserts for exterior locations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Furnish
inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work.
2.02 FABRICATION:
A. GENERAL: Fabricate railings to design, dimensions and details shown. Provide railing
members in sizes and profiles indicated, with supporting posts and brackets of size and
spacing shown, but not less than required to support the design loadings indicated.
B. CONNECTIONS: Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid joints.
C. FOR EXTERIOR RAILINGS and those exposed to moisture from condensation or
other sources. Provide weepholes or other means of evacuation of entrapped water in
hollow sections of railing members.
HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS
05520-2
2.03 METAL FINISHES:
A. ALUMINUM FINISHES:
1. Color Anodized Finish: AA-M12C22A42 (Mechanical finish, non-specular as
fabricated; chemical etch, medium matte; 0.7 mil mm. thick integrally colored
Dark Bronze anodic coating).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. COORDINATE setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for
installation of anchorages, such as sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts and
miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or
masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. ANCHORING POSTS:
1. Anchor posts in concrete by core drilling holes not less than 5" deep and 3/4"
greater than outside dimensions of posts. Clean holes of all loose material, insert
posts and fill annular space between post and concrete with non-shrink, non-
metallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions.
2. Leave anchorage joint exposed; wipe off excess grout and leave 1/8" build-up,
sloped away from post. For installation exposed on exterior or to flow of water,
seal grout to comply with grout manufacturer's directions.
3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN:
A. PROTECT FINISHES of railings from damage during construction period by use of
temporary protective coverings.
END OF SECTION
HANDRAILS AND RArLINGS
05520-3
SECTION 06101
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. DEFINITION: Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other
sections and which is generally not exposed, except as otherwise indicated. Types of
work in this section include, but are not necessary limited to, Tough carpentry for:
1. Wood grounds, nailers, framing and blocking.
2. Wood furring.
3. Sheathing.
4. Wood roof trusses.
5. Exposed rafters.
B. FINISH CARPENTRY is specified in another section within Division 6.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings of wood trusses signed and sealed by
registered structural engineer. Indicate species and stress grades of lumber to be used
and details of metal connectors to be used at joints. Show pitch, span and location of
trusses. Provide large scale details of typical connections and anchorages.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Keep materials dry at all times. Protect against exposure
to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and plywood, and
provide air circulation within stacks.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. COORDINATION: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for
accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking grounds and similar supports
to allow proper attachment of other work.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
0610 1-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS:
A. LUMBER STANDARDS: Comply with PS 20.
B. PLYWOOD STANDARD: ComplywithPS l/ANSI-A199.1 and APA.
C. FACTORY-MARK each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and
grading agency.
2.02 MATERIALS:
A. LUMBER, GENERAL:
1. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual
sizes as required by PS 20.
2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of
dressing.
B. WOOD ROOF TRUSSES:
1. Provide wood roof trusses designed and fabricated in accordance with AITC and
TPI specifications.
2. Design Loads: Total load, 45 p.s.f. which includes 10 p.s.f. ceiling load.
3. Submit shop drawings for wood roof trusses which have been designed, signed
and sealed by structural engineer registered to practice in the state where project
is located. A minimum of one (1) complete set of shop drawings shall bear
engineer's original signature and raised seal.
C. EXPOSED RAFTERS: Provide framing lumber complying with the following:
1. Provide preservative treated lumberas specified herein under title of Wood
Treatment" .
2. Provide Select Structural Grade lumber of either Hem-Fir per WWPA rules or
Southern Pine per SPIB rules.
3. Provide rough sawn finish on all exposed surfaces.
D. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER:
1. Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including cant strips,
bucks, nailers, blocking furring, grounds, stripping and similar members. Provide
lumber of sizes shown or specified, worked into shapes shown, and as follows:
2. Grade: No.2 pine (SPIB).
E. PLYWOOD:
I. Concealed Plywood: Where plywood will be concealed by other work, provide
the following:
a. Provide Exterior Type plywood for exterior use and Interior Type with
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06101-2
exterior glue for interior use.
b. Provide C-D/Ext-AP A plywood for exterior use; provide C-D/Int-AP A
plywood for interior use, unless otherwise shown.
c. For backing panels for electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire-
retardant treated plywood with exterior glue.
2. Exposed Plywood: Where plywood will be exposed, provide "A" type surface on
exposed surfaces. Provide exterior glue.
F. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
1. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and
as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal
Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring
devices. Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of size and type
recommended by manufacturer for each use including recommended nails.
2. Building Paper: Asphalt saturated felt, non-perforated, ASTM D 226.
3. Hurricane Clips: Provide appropriate hurricane clips as recommended for
installation condition by Heckman or equal products as approved. Provide 18
gage galvanized clips except as otherwise recommended by manufacturer for each
different condition.
3.03 WOOD TREATMENT:
A. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: Where lumber of plywood is indicated as "PT",
"Trt-Wd", or "Treated", or is specified to be treated, comply with applicable
requirements of A WP A Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood) and of A WPB
Standards listed below. Mark each treated item to comply with the A WPB Quality Mark
requirements.
1. Pressure-treat above-ground items with water-borne preservatives complying with
A WPB LP-2. After treatment, kiln-dry to a maximum moisture content of 15%
for plywood and 19% for lumber. Treat indicated items and the following:
a. Wood cants, nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar members in
connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and waterproofing.
b. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed
members in contact with masonry or concrete.
B. FIRE-RETARDANT TREATMENT: Where fire-retardant treated wood is indicated,
pressure impregnate lumber and plywood with fire-retardant chemicals to comply with
A WP A C20 and C27, as applicable for interior and exterior applications. Identify
lumber with appropriate classification marking of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., U.S.
Testing, Timber Products Inspection or other testing and inspection agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. CUTS AFTER TREATMENT: Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment,
where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same
chemical used for treatment and to comply with A WPA-M4.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06101-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
A. DISCARD UNITS OF MA TERrAL with defects which might impair quality of work,
and units which are too small to fabricate work with minimum joints or optimum joint
arrangement.
B. SET CARPENTRY WORK accurately to required levels and lines, with members of
plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted.
C. SECURELY ATTACH CARPENTRY WORK to substrates by anchoring and fastening
as shown and as required by recognized standards. Select fasteners of size that will not
penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish
materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting
of wood; pre-drill as required.
3.02 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS AND BLOCKING:
A. PROVIDE WHEREVER SHOWN and where required for screeding or attachment of
other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work
to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved.
B. ATTACH TO SUBSTRATES as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts
and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise shown. Build into masonry during
installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete
placement.
C. PROVIDE PERMANENT GROUNDS of dressed, preservative treated, key-bevelled
lumber not less than 1-112" wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to
exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer
required.
D. PROVIDE MINIMUM 2" X 8" WOOD BLOCKING extending between metal and
wood studs and securely fastened at each end for the mounting of all toilet room
accessories, sinks, toilet partitions and other wall -mounted items.
3.03 WOOD FURRING (Wd-Fur):
A. INSTALL PLUMB AND LEVEL with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with
wood as required for tolerance of finished work.
B. FURRING TO RECEIVE GYPSUM DRYWALL: Unless otherwise shown, provide 1 x
2" furring at 16" o.c. vertically.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD (Pwd):
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06101-4
A. COMPL Y with recommendations of American Plywood Association (AP A), for
installation of plywood.
B. SHEA THING: Install as recommended by AP A for spacing of supports or types of
substrates involved in the work. Provide thickness shown, or if not shown, provide
thickness recommended by AP A.
END OF SECTION
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06101-5
SECTION 06113
GYPSUM SHEATHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of gypsum sheathing is shown on the Drawings.
B. COORDINATE this work with Sections of the Work providing framing and other
substrates for sheathing.
1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE:
A. PROTECT sheathing from exposure to weather. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened
bundles, identified with name, brand, type and grade. Store inside in a dry, ventilated
space.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GYPSUM SHEATHING:
A. COMPL Y WITH ASTM C79.
B. GYPSUM SHEATHING: 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated, 2" x 8" V tongue and
grooved on long edges, asphalt treated water resistant and repeIlant board as
manufactured by U.S.Gypsum, National Gypsum or an approved equal.
2.02 ACCESSORIES:
A. PROVIDE FASTENERS or other accessories as required for complete installation and
fastening to framing. Provide building felt barrier over sheathing installation.
GYPSUM SHEA THING
06113-1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. INSTALLER of gypsum sheathing must examine substrate and conditions under which
work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 APPLICATION:
A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS and
recommendations where other more stringent requirements are not indicated below.
B. APPL Y GYPSUM SHEATHING horizontally with long dimension across studs and
groove edge down, with vertical joints staggered and centered over studs. Fit panels
tightly against adjacent panels and snugly at terminations to building components.
C. SECURE SHEATHING to steel studs with U.S. Gypsum I" Type S-12 screws or equal
spaced approximately 8 inches on centers (4 per 2 ft. sheathing width per support) and
not less than 3/8" in from edges and ends of sheathing panels.
END OF SECTION
GYPSUM SHEATHlNG
06113-2
SECTION 06192
PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. DEFINITION: Prefabricated wood trusses include planar structural units consisting of
metal plate connected members which are fabricated from dimension lumber and which
have been cut and assembled prior to delivery to the job site.
B. EXTENT of wood trusses is indicated on drawings and specified herein.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. Roof Sheathing: Section 06100.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. TPI STANDARDS: Comply with application requirements and recommendations of the
following Truss Plate Institute (TPI) publications.
1. "Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses".
2. "Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Parallel Chord Wood Trusses".
3. "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling and Erecting Wood Trusses".
4. "Commentary and Recommendations for Bracing Wood Trusses".
5. "Quality Control Manual".
B. WOOD STRUCTURAL DESIGN STANDARD: Comply with applicable requirements
of "National Design Specification for Wood Construction" published by N.F.P.A.
C. LUMBER STANDARD: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable rules of the
respective grading inspecting agencies for species and grade of lumber indicated.
D. CONNECTOR PLATE MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS: Provide truss
Connector plates manufactured by a firm which is a member of TPI and which
complies with TPI quality control procedures for manufacture of connector plates
published in TPI "Quality Control Manual".
PREF ABRlCA TED WOOD TRUSSES
06192-1
E. FABRICATOR'S QUALIFICATIONS: Provide trusses by a firm which has a record of
successfully fabricating trusses similar to type indicated and which complies with the
following requirements for quality control:
1. Fabricator practices a quality control program which complies with, or is
comparable to, one published in TPI "Quality Control Manual", and which
involves inspection by an independent inspection and testing agency acceptable to
Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.
F. DESIGN: Trusses shall be designed so that no horizontal reactions are imposed on the
supporting structure under vertical loads.
1. Truss members and connections shall be designed for all live, dead, and wind
loads, plus any concentrated loads shoWn on the drawings.
Duration Factors:
RoofDL + LL + WL
RoofDL + LL
1.33
1.25
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. GENERAL: Submit following items as specified in Section (01340).
B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit fabricator's technical data covering lumber, metal plates,
hardware, fabrication process, treatment (ifany), handling and erection.
1. Submit certificate, signed by an officer of fabricating firm, indicating that trusses
to be supplied for project comply with indicated requirements.
C. SHOP DRA WINGS: Submit shop drawings showing species, sizes and stress grades of
lumber to be used; pitch, span, camber, configuration and spacing for each type of truss
required; type, size, material, finish, design value, and location of metal connector
plates; and bearing and anchorage details.
1. Provide shop drawings which have been signed and stamped by a structural
engineer licensed to practice in the state the project is located.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. HANDLE AND STORE TRUSSES with care, and in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and TPI recommendations to avoid damage from bending, overturning or
other cause for which truss is not designed to resist or endure.
B. TIME DELIVERY and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to
avoid delaying work of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses.
PREFABRlCATED WOOD TRUSSES
06192-2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. LUMBER:
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill and grading agency.
2. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual
sizes as required by PS 20, for dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide seasoned lumber with a maximum moisture content at time of dressed of
15%.
4. Lumber Species: Southern Pine, graded by SPIB.
5. Lumber Grade: For species indicated, provide the following stress-rated grade:
"Selected Structural".
B. METAL CONNECTOR PLATES, FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES:
1. Connector Plate Material: Metal complying with following requirements, unless
otherwise indicated; not less than "0.036" thick, coated thickness. Provide
connector plates from a single manufacturer.
2. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A 446, Grade A, Coating G60.
3. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish indicated,
complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, screws, bolts, nuts and
washers and anchoring devices.
2.02 FABRICATION:
A. CUT TRUSS MEMBERS to accurate lengths, angles and sizes to produce close fitting
joints with wood-to-wood bearing in assembled units.
B. F ABRICA TE METAL CONNECTOR PLATES to size, configuration, thickness and
anchorage details required for types of joint designs indicated.
C. ASSEMBLE TRUSS MEMBERS in design configuration indicated using jigs or other
means to ensure uniform and accuracy of assembly with close fitting joints. Position
members to produce design camber indicated.
D. CONNECT TRUSS MEMBERS by means of metal connector plates accurately located
and securely fastened to wood members by means indicated or approved.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ERECTION:
A. GENERAL: Erect and brace trusses to comply with recommendations of manufacturer
and the Truss Plate Institute.
PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
06192-3
B. ERECT TRUSSES with plane of truss webs vertical (plumb) and parallel to each other,
located accurately at design spacings indicated.
C. HOIST UNITS in place by means of lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of
trusses required, applied at designated lift points as recommended by fabricator,
exercising care not to damage truss members of joints by out-of-plane bending or other
causes.
D. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING as required to maintain trusses plumb, parallel
and in location indicated, until permanent bracing is installed.
E. ANCHOR TRUSSES securely at all bearing p6intsto comply with methods and details
indicated.
F. INSTALL PERMANENT BRACING and related components to enable trusses to
maintaindesign spacing, withstand live and dead loads including lateral loads, and to
comply with other indicated requirements.
G. DO NOT CUT or remove truss members.
END OF SECTION
PREF ABRICA TED WOOD TRUSSES
06192-4
SECTION 06201
FINISH CARPENTRY & MILLWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. DEFINITION: Finish carpentry and millwork includes work which is exposed to view,
is non-structural, and which is not specified as part of other sections. Types of work in
this section include:
1. Wood trim.
2. Casework and countertops.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100.
2. Builders Hardware and Wood Doors: Division 8.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. FACTORY-MARK EACH PIECE of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and
grading agency identification; except omit marking from surfaces to receive transparent
finish, and submit mill certificate that material has been inspected and graded in
accordance with requirements if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface.
B. A WI QUALITY STANDARD: Comply with applicable requirements of "Architectural
Woodwork Quality Standards" published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute
(AWl), except as otherwise indicated.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing location of each item,
dimensioned plans and elevations, large scale details, attachment devices and other
components. Submit shop drawings for the following:
1. Casework.
B. SAMPLES: Submit the following samples for each species and cut or pattern of finish
carpentry and millwork.
1. Plastic Laminate: 1 piece, 3" x 5".
FINISH CARPENTRY & MILLWORK
06201-1
2. Exposed Cabinet Hardware: 1 unit of each type and finish.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS:
A. SOFTWOOD LUMBER STANDARDS: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable
grading rules of the respective grading and inspecting agency for the species and
product indicated.
B. PLYWOOD STANDARD: Comply with PS-l/ANSI-A199.1 and APA.
C. HARDWOOD LUMBER STANDARDS Comply with National Hardware Lumber
Association (NHLA) rules.
D. HARDWOOD PLYWOOD STANDARD: Comply with PS 51.
E. PLASTIC LAMINATE: Comply with NEMA LD-3 for type, thickness, color, pattern
and finish indicated for each application, or if not indicated, as selected by Architect
from manufacturer's standard products.
F. WOODWORK STANDARD: Comply with Architectural Woodwork Institute (A WI)
"Custom Quality Standards" unless otherwise indicated.
1. For following types of woodwork comply with indicated standards as applicable:
a. Standing and Running Trim: A WI Section 300.
b. Casework and Countertops:A WI Section 400.
G. CASEWORK HARDWARE STANDARD: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with
ANSI-156.9 "American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware".
1. Quality Level: Type 2 (institutional), unless otherwise indicated.
2. Locks: Where indicated (if any), provide standard pin-type or disc-type (5 pins or
discs) tumbler locks, keyed individually except as otherwise indicated.
3. Exposed Hardware Finish: Provide hardware with BHMA Code 626 satin
chromium plate finish (US26D).
2.02 MATERIALS GENERAL:
A. NOMINAL SIZES are indicated, except as shown by detailed dimensions. Provide
dressed or worked and dressed lumber, as applicable, manufactured to the actual sizes as
required by PS 20 or to actual sizes and pattern as shown, unless otherwise indicated.
B. MOISTURE CONTENT OF LUMBER: Provide kiln-dried (KD) lumber having a
moisture content from time of manufacture until time of installation not greater than
values required by the applicable grading rules of the respective grading and inspecting
agency for the species and product indicated.
FINISH CARPENTRY & MILLWORK
06201-2
C. LUMBER FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: Use pieces made of solid lumber stock.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES: Provide nails, screws and other anchoring
devices of the proper type, size, material and finish for application indicated to provide
secure attachment, concealed where possible, and complying with applicable Federal
Specifications.
1. Where finish carpentry is exposed on exterior or in areas of high relative
humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot-dipped zinc coating
(ASTM A 153).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. DISCARD UNITS of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly
treated, nor adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints
or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacture with respect to
surfaces, sizes or patterns.
B. INSTALL WORK PLUMB, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as
required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8' -0" for plumb and
level countertops; and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces.
C. SCRIBE AND CUT WORK TO FIT adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair
damaged [mish at cuts.
D. TRIM: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from
maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in
adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter at comers, to produce tight fitting
joints with full surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end
joints.
1. Make exterior joints water-resistant by careful fitting.
E. CASEWORK: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers will fit openings
properly and be accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in
openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware
and accessory items as indicated.
F. ANCHOR FINISH CARPENTRY WORK to anchorage devices or blocking built-in or
directly attached to substrates.
FINISH CARPENTRY & MILLWORK
0620]-3
3.02 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION:
A. REPAIR DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE WORK wherever possible to eliminate
defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace work.
Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
B. CLEAN WORK ON EXPOSED and semi-exposed surfaces.
PROTECTION: Installer of work shall advise Contractor of final protection to maintain
conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time
of acceptance.
END OF SECTION
FINISH CARPENTRY & MILLWORK
06201-4
SECTION 07120
FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT OF EACH TYPE of fluid-applied waterproofing work IS indicated on
drawings and specified herein.
B. TYPES OF FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING required for project include the
following:
I. I-part urethane-based type.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: A firm which has specialized in installation of types
of waterproofing required for project for not less than 3 years and which is acceptable to
manufacturer(s) of primary materials.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. GENERAL: Submit following as specified in Section (01340).
B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions, and
general recommendations for each waterproofing material required. Include data
substantiating that materials comply with requirements.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. SUBSTRATE: Proceed with work of this section only after substrate construction and
penetrating work have been completed.
B. WEATHER: Proceed with work of this section only when existing and forecasted
weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
07120-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. GENERAL COMPATIBILITY: Provide products which are recommended by
manufacturer to be fully compatible with indicated substrates, including modification by
bituminous additives (asphalt or coal tar as needed) and similar proven compounding
provisions.
B. URETHANE-BASED, I-PART WATERPROOFING: Polyurethane rubber-based
liquid membrane material, self-bonding to normal substrates, compounded specifically
for application method to be used (by hand or spray) and for slope of substrate, not less
than 97% solids and 6-month self life in uncured state, tested by manufacturer to
comply with following requirements for cured membrane:
1. Tensile Strength (mm.): 40 psi; ASTM D 412.
2. Ultimate Elongation (mm.): 300%, ASTM D 412.
3. Hardness (Shore A): 5 to 30; ASTM D 2240.
4. Low Temp. Brittleness: -400 degrees F; ASTM D 746.
c. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which
may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Ureloid WP System; Applied Polymers of America.
2. One-Kote System W-l; Kamak Chemical Corp.
3. Mult-I-Thane 3000; Multi-Chemical Products, Inc.
4. Perma-Guard; The Neogard Corp.
5. Scotch-Clad Deck Coating System M; 3M Company.
D. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
1. PrimerIFiller/Sealer: As recommended by manufacturer of fluid-applied
waterproofing compound and as indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. INSTALLER MUST EXAMINE substrate and conditions under which waterproofing
work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory
conditions, do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE:
A. CLEAN SUBSTRATE of projections and substances detrimental to work. Comply with
instructions of prime materials manufacturer.
FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
07120-2
R. MASK OFF ADJOINING SURFACES not to receive fluid-applied waterproofing, to
effectively prevent spillage or overspray of liquid materials outside membrane area.
3.03 INSTALLATION:
A. GENERAL: Comply with manufacturer's instructions, except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified, and except where project conditions require extra
precautions or provisions .to ensure satisfactory performance of work.
B. APPL Y UNIFORM COATING of waterproofing to substrate and adjoining surfaces
indicated to receive membrane.
1. Apply coating either by hand or by machine spray, complying with
manufacturer's recommendations regarding horizontal and vertical surfaces.
2. Provide 6-mil (average) coating, with no variations below 50-mil thickness.
3.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: It is required that fluid-applied waterproofing
membrane be watertight and not deteriorate in excess of limitations published by
manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
07120-3
SECTION 07200
INSULATION
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of insulation work is shown on drawings, by generic name or by abbreviation.
B. APPLICATIONS of insulation specified in this section include the following:
1. Blanket-type insulation.
2. Semi-Rigid Blanket-Type insulation.
3. Board Type insulation, concealed.
4. Loose-Fill insulation.
C. ROOF INSULATION is specified in another section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY: Thicknesses shown are for thermal conductivity (k-
value at 750F. or 240C.) specified for each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses as
directed for equivalent use of material having a different thermal conductivity. Where
insulation is identified by "R" value, provide appropriate thickness.
B. FIRE AND INSURANCE RATINGS: Comply with fue-resistance, flammability and
insurance ratings indicated, and comply with governing regulations as interpreted by
authorities.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA:
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of
insulation required.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. GENERAL PROTECTION: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet, or soiled.
INSULA nON
07200-1
Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection
during installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. FACED MINERAL FIBER BLANKET/BATT INSULATION: Thermal insulation
produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting
resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type III, Class A (Blankets with reflective
vapor-retarder membrane facing with flame spread of 25 or less); foil-scrim-kraft
vapor-retarder membrane on one face, respectively; and as follows:
1. Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag.
2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed
values of25 and 50, respectively.
B. SEMI-RIGID SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS: FS HH-I-521, Type I; semi-
rigid mineral fiber blanket without membrane, Class 25 flame-spread, thicknesses as
indicated.
C. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION: Rigid, cellular thermal
insulation with closed-cells and integral high density skin, formed by the expansion of
polystyrene base resin in an extrusion process to comply with ASTM C 578 for Type
indicated; with 5-year aged r-values of 5.4 and 5 at 40 and 75 deg. F. respectively; and
as follows:
1. Type IV, 1.61b.lcu. ft. mrn. density, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed
values of 5 and 165, respectively.
D. POLYISOCYANURATE BOARD INSULATION: Rigid, cellular thermal insulation
with glass-fiber-reinforced polyisocyanurate closed-cell foam core and aluminum foil
facing laminated to both sides; complying with ES HH-I-1972/1, Class 2; aged r-values
of 7.2 and 8 at 40 and 75 deg. F. respectively, and as follows:
1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum values for flame spread and smoke
developed of20 and 150, respectively.
E. LOOSE GRANULAR PERLITE INSULATION: Expanded perlite complying with
ASTM C 549, Type II (surface treated for water repellency and limited moisture
absorption) or IV (surface treated for water repellency and limited absorption), r-values
of 3.3 -2.8 for densities of 4.1 - 7.4 Ibs. per cu. ft. at 75 deg. F.
F. LOOSE GRANULAR VERMICULITE INSULATION: Expanded vermiculite
complying with ASTM C 516, Type II (surface treated for water repellency and limited
moisture absorption); Grade 1,2, or 3; r-value of2.3 at 75 deg. F.
INSULATION
07200-2
G. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
1. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Type recommended by insulation
manufacturer, and complying with fire-resistance requirements.
2. Mechanical Anchors: Type and size shown, or if not shown, as recommended by
insulation manufacturer for type of application and condition of substrate.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. INSTALLER MUST EXAMINE substrate and conditions under which insulation work
is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions.
Do not proceed with insulation work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. GENERAL:
1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation
in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project
conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific
recommendations before proceeding with work.
2. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and
fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections
which interfere with placement.
3. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown
or required to make up total thickness.
4. Seal joints between closed-cell (non-breathing) insulation units by applying
mastic or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into
place. Fill voids in completed installation with mastic or sealant.
5. Set vapor barrier faced units with vapor barrier to warm side of construction,
except as otherwise shown. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for
firestopping.
6. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor barriers, and seal each continuous area of
insulation to surrounding construction to ensure vapor-tight installation.
B. LOOSE-FILL INSULATION:
1. Close off openings in cavities to receive poured-in-place insulation, sufficiently to
prevent escape of insulation.
2. Provide bronze/stainless steel screen (inside) where openings must be maintained
for drainage or ventilation.
3. Pour granular insulation into cavities as shown, to completely fill void spaces.
Maintain inspection ports to show presence of insulation at extremities of each
pour area. Close ports after complete coverage has been confirmed. Limit fall of
INSULA TlON
07200-3
insulation to one story in height, but not to exceed 20' -0".
4. Screed horizontal applications to uniform thicknesses required.
5. Provide either perlite or vermiculite type granular insulation at Contractor's
option.
END OF SECTION
INSULA nON
07200-4
SECTION 07160
BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of surfaces to receive bituminous dampproofing is indicated by the Drawings
and provisions of this section.
B. FOLLOWING APPLICATIONS of bituminous dampproofing are required:
1. Interior surfaces of exterior walls, which are to be furred and covered by interior
finish materials.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA: Manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions and general
recommendations.
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. SUBSTRATE: Proceed with work of this section only after substrate construction and
penetrating work have been completed.
B. WEATHER: Proceed with work of this section only when eXlstmg and forecasted
weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. VENTILATION: Provide adequate ventilation to prevent accumulation of hazardous
fumes during application of solvent-based components in enclosed spaces, and maintain
ventilation until coatings have thoroughly cured.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. ABOVE-GRADE DAMPPROOFING: ASTM D4479, Type I, non-asbestos type.
BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
07160-1
Provide one of the following bituminous dampproofing materials or an approved equal:
1. Waterban #50P by Lambert Corp.
2. Sonneborn Hydrocide #648 by Sonneborn-Contech, Inc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. INSTALLER MUST EXAMINE substrate and conditions under which work is to be
performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not
proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner
acceptable to Installer.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE:
A. CLEAN SUBSTRATE of projections and substances detrimental to work; comply with
recommendations of prime materials manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION:
A. GENERAL: Comply with manufacturer's instructions, except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified, and except where project conditions require extra
precautions or provisions to ensure satisfactory performance of work.
3.04 PROTECTION:
PROTECT OTHER WORK from spillage of dampproofing materials. Replace or
restore work which is soiled or otherwise damaged by installation of dampproofing
work.
END OF SECTION
BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFLNG
07160-2
SECTION 07211
BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract. including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of insulation work is shown on drawings.
B. APPLICATIONS of insulation specified in this section include the following:
1. Blanket-type insulation.
C. ROOF INSULATION is specified in Roofing Section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA:
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of
insulation required.
1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. GENERAL PROTECTION: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet, or soiled.
Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection
during installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. GLASS FIBER BLANKET/BATT INSULATION: Inorganic fibers formed intoflexible
resilient blankets; ES HH-I-521; density not less than 0.5 lb. per cu. ft.; k -value of 0.27;
manufacturer's standard lengths and width as required to coordinate with spaces to. be
insulated; types as follows:
1. Type III: Reflectivealuminum foil facing with integral nailing flanges.
a. Flame Spread Rating: 25 (ASTM E 84) for foil facing.
b. R-Value as indicated on the Drawings.
BUILDING INSULA nON
07211-1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. INSTALLER MUST EXAMINE substrate and conditions under which insulation work
is to be performed and must notifY Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions.
Do not proceed with insulation work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A: GENERAL:
1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in
each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project
conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific
recommendations before proceeding with work.
2. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and
fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections
which interfere with placement.
3. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or
required to make up total thickness.
END OF SECTION
BUILDING INSULATION
07211-2
SECTION 07317
WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of shingle work is indicated on drawings and in specifications.
B. TYPES of shingle applications specified in this section include the following:
1. Wood shingle roofing.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. UL LISTING: Provide labeled materials which have been tested and listed by UL for
ratings indicated.
1.04 SUBMIIT ALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit technical product data, installation instructions and
recommendations from shingle manufacturer, including data that materials comply with
requirements.
B. SAMPLES: Submit 3 full-size shingles of each different (exposed) type required for
texture approval.
c. MOCK-UP: Construct 4 x 4' panel to serve as standard of quality. Accepted mock-up
may serve as part of completed work.
D. MAINTENANCE STOCK: Leave with Owner, one full (unopened) bundle of each
different (exposed) type shingle required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. WOOD SHAKES: Hand split and resaWll (split faces, sawn backs) kiln-dried Western
Red Cedar shakes, 24" length and 3/4" butt.
WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES
07317-1
1. Provide fire-retardant pressure treated units in packages bearing UL Class "C"
label.
B. CLASS "B" UNDERLA YMENT: Plastic coated steel foil, 2 mils thick, for installation
on deck to comply with UL Class "B" labeled construction using "c" labeled wood
shakes.
C. ASPHALT-SATURATEDFELT: No. 30 mInImUm, asphalt saturated organIc felt,
unperforated, complying with ASTM D 226, 36" wide rolls.
D. NAILS: Box nails, hot-dipped zinc coating of sufficient length to penetrate at least
1/2" into roof sheathing.
E. METAL FLASHING: Furnished as work of Section 07600, formed to profiles
indicated; installed as work of this Section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. INSTALLER of shingles must examine substrate and conditions under which shingling
work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory
conditions. Do not proceed with shingling work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE:
A. CLEAN SUBSTRATE of any projections and substances detrimental to shingling work.
B. COORDINATE installation of shingles with flashing and other adjoining work to
ensure proper sequencing. Do not install shingle roofing until vent stacks and other
penetrations through roofing have been installed and are securely fastened against
movement.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. GENERAL: Comply with instructions and recommendations of shingle manufacturer,
except to extent more stringent requirements are indicated. Comply with UL Class "B"
rating. Provide galvanized nail fasteners, underlayment, starter strips, flashing, edge
strips and protection, all in compliance with indicated requirements.
B. WOOD SHAKES:
1. Class "B" Underlayment: Install foil underlayment in accordance with UL
requirements for Class "B" construction.
2. Felt Underlayment: Lay 36" wide starter strip of roofing felt along lower edge
WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES
07317-2
before application of double starter course of shakes. Place 18" interlayment strip
over upper portion of first course before applying second course and repeat
interleaving for subsequent courses.
3. Double Shakes: Provide double shakes at first course, projecting 1-1/2" beyond
sheathing unless otherwise shown. Space adjoining shakes 1/4" to 1/2" apart,
nailing each shake with two nails, spaced 3/4" from edge and 1" above butt line
of subsequent course. Stagger joints minimum of 1-1/2" in succeeding course.
4. Shake Exposure: Not more than 10" exposure to the weather for 24" long shakes.
5. Flashing: Install metal flashing and vent flashings as shown and in accordance
with details and recommendations of NRCA Steep Roofing Manual.
END OF SECTION
WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES
07317-3
SECTION 07410
PREFORMED METAL ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of preformed metal roofing is indicated on the drawings and by
provisions of this section. Preformed roofmg is hereby defined to include panels which
are structurally capable of spanning between supports spaced as indicated and
accessories including edge moldings at roof edges, all with fmish to match roof panels.
Metal gage for accessories shall be same as metal gage in roof panels.
B. THE TYPES of panels required include the following:
1. Formed sheet panels with profile as indicated on Drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. PERFORMANCE TEST STANDARDS: Provide preformed panel systems which have
been pretested and certified by manufacturer under similar installed conditions as
indicated for resistance (to withstand at least the local building code requirements) for
air and water infiltration and structural deflection and failure; NAAMM Standard Test
TM -1; static and dynamic methods.
1.04 SUBMITIALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, standard details,
certified product test results, installation instructions and general recommendations, as
applicable to materials and finishes for each component and for total system of
preformed panels.
B. SAMPLES: Submit 3 samples 12" square, of each exposed finish material.
C. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit small-scale layouts of panels and large-scale details of
edge conditions, joints, corners, custom profiles, supports, anchorages, trim. flashings,
closures, and special details. Distinguish between factory and field assembly work.
PREFORMED METAL ROOFING
07410-1
D. GUARANTY: Provide five (5) year guaranty to refinish, repair, or replace products that
fail to comply with painted finish performance requirements specified herein under title
of Flurocarbon Coating "Durability". The guaranty shall be executed jointly by both the
Contractor and Manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SHEET MATERIALS:
A. STEEL FOR P AINTING/COA TINa: Hot-dip zinc coated steel sheet, ASTM A 446,
Grade A except where higher strength required for performance, G90 zinc coating,
surface treated for maximum coating performance.
2.02 METAL FINISHES:
A. GENERAL: Apply coatings either before or after forming and fabricating panels, as
required by coating process and as required for maximum coating performance
capability. Protect coating promptly after application and cure, by application of
strippable film or removable adhesive cover, and retain until installation has been
completed. Provide colors or color matches as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated,
as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
B. FLUROCARBON COATING: Full-strength 70% "Kynar 500" coating baked-on for 15
minutes at 450oF, in a dry film thickness of 1.0 miles, 30% reflective gloss CASTM D
523) over 0.3 mil baked-on epoxy primer.
1. Durability: Provide coating which has been field tested under normal range of
weathering conditions for minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister,
flake, chip, crack or check in finish, and without chalking in excess of 8 (ASTM D
659), and without fading in excess of 5 NBS units. Provide guaranty that panel
finish will perform within these excesses for period of guaranty specified herein.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. FASTENERS: Manufacturer's standard noncorrOSIve types, with exterior heads
gasketed.
B. ACCESSORIES: Except as indicated as work of another specification section, provide
components required for a complete roofing system, including trim, flashings, sealants,
gaskets, fillers, closure strips and similar items. Match materials/finishes of preformed
panels.
C. BITUMINOUS COATING: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC Paint 12, compounded
for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat.
PREFORMED METAL ROOFING
07410-2
2.04 PANEL FABRICATION; PERFORMANCES:
A. GENERAL: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent
possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, and as required to fulfill
performance requirements, which have been demonstrated by factory testing. Comply
with indicated profiles and dimensional requirements, and with structural requirements.
1. Metal Gages: Thicknesses required for structural performances, but not less than
manufacturer's recommended minimums for profiles and applications indicated,
and not less than 26 gage.
2. Fabricate end panels without joints.
B. APPLY BITUMINOUS COATING or other permanent separation materials on
concealed panel surfaces where panels would otherwise be in direct contact with
substrate materials which are noncompatible or could result in corrosion or deterioration
of either material or finishes.
C. F ABRICA TE PANEL JOINTS with captive gaskets or separator strips, which provide a
tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact in a manner which will minimize noise
from movements within panel system.
D. CONDENSATION: Fabricate panel system to control condensation, including proper
inclusion of seals and provisions for breathing, venting, weeping and draining.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. GENERAL: Comply with panel fabricator's and material manufacturer's instructions
and recommendations for installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting
substrates. Anchor panels and other components of the work securely in place, with
provisions for thermal/structural movement.
1. Install panels with concealed fasteners.
B. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES: Shim and align panel units within installed
tolerance of 114" in 20'-0" on level/plumb/slope and location/line as indicated, and
within 1 /8" offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
C. JOINT SEALERS: Install gaskets, joint fillers and sealants where indicated and where
required for weatherproof performance of panel systems. Provide types of gaskets and
sealants/fillers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, types recommended by panel
manufacturer.
1. Refer to other sections of these specifications for product and installation
requirements applicable to indicated joint sealers.
PREFORMED METAL ROOFING
07410-3
3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
A. DAMAGED UNITS: Replace panels and other components of the work which have
been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by means of finish touch-up
or similar minor repair procedures.
B. CLEANING: Remove protective coverings and strippable films (if any) at time in
project construction sequence which will afford greatest protection of work. Clean
finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer, and maintain in a clean
condition during construction.
C. PROTECTION: Installer shall advise Contractor of protection and surveillance
procedures, as required to ensure that work of this section will be without damage or
deterioration at time of substantial completion.
END OF SECTION
PREFORMED METAL ROOFING
07410-4
SECTION 07600
FLASIDNG AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of each type of flashing and sheet metal work is indicated on the Drawings
and by provisions of this section.
1.03 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. COORDINATE WORK of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper
sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability
of the work and protection of materials and finishes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL MATERIALS:
A. SHEET METAL FLASHING/TRIM (Mt-Fl):
1. Zinc-Coated Steel: Commercial quality with 0.20% copper, ASTM A 525, G90
hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized for paint; 0.239" thick (24 gage) except as
otherwise indicated.
a. Provide finish as indicated.
2. Aluminum (Alum): ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H14, 0.032" thick (20 gage)
except as otherwise indicated.
a. Provide finish as indicated.
B. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES:
1. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal, or other non-corrosive metal as
recommended by sheet manufacturer.
2. Bituminous Coating: FS TT-C-494 or SSPC . Paint 12, solvent type bituminous
mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per
coat.
3. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, non drying,
nonmigrating sealant.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
07600-1
4. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar
accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with
material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance.
5. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic.
6. Elastic Expansion Joint: Where indicated provide flexible, closed cell rubber or
plastic looped bellows mm. 3/8 thick, )" to 6" wide and with metal flanges of
.032" aluminum, 3" to 4" wideformed to profiles indicated. Provide standard
comer and intersection units and splicing materials. Provide mineral fiber
insulation in expansion joint below bellows.
2.02 FABRICATED UNITS:
A. GENERAL METAL FABRICATION:
1. Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown, and
with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate with waterproof and weather-
resistance performance; with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to
permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work. Form work to
fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and
recommendations. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning,
buckling and tool marks, true to line and levels as indicated, with exposed edges
folded back to form hems.
2. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. For metal
other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form
aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where
required.
3. Expansion Provisions: Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not
less than I" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).
4. Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion type joints are required for proper
performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric
sealant, in compliance with industry standards.
5. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or
corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with
bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by
manufacturer/fabricator.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
A. GENERAL: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation
instructions and recommendations, and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual". Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for
thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to
line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints and seams which will be
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
07600-2
permanently watertight and weatherproof.
B. UNDERLA YMENT: Where aluminum is to be installed directly on cementitious or
wood substrates, install a course of paper slip sheet and a course of polyethylene
underla yment.
C. BED FLANGES of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required
for waterproof performance.
3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
CLEAN EXPOSED METAL surfaces, removing substances which might cause
corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes.
PROTECTION: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance
and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction to ensure that
work will be without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of
substantial completion.
END OF SECTION
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
07600-3
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of each type of joint sealer is indicated on the Drawings, sometimes by
abbreviations as indicated herein.
B. THE REQUIRED APPLICATIONS include, but are not necessarily limited to the
following:
1. Exterior wall joints.
2. Isolation joints between structure and other elements.
3. Flashing joints.
4. Interior wall joints around frames and between different types of materials.
5. Joints in concrete paving.
C. "ELASTOMERIC SEALANT" shall apply to materials and work to seal and make
watertight all joints on the exterior of the building and joints on the interior of the
building that may be expected to expand and contract or are subject to water or
dampness.
D. CAULKING COMPOUND shall apply only to materials and work in connection with
the filling or closing of interior joints where expansion or contraction are of no
consideration and where filling and closing of these interior joints is primarily for
appearance.
E. GLAZING: Refer to Division 8 sections for sealants and other compounds and gaskets
required for installation of glass.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. MANUFACTURER'S DATA: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations
and installation instructions for each type of material required.
JOINT SEALERS
07900-1
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. THE INSTALLER MUST EXAMINE the joint surfaces and backing, their anchorage to
the structure and the conditions under which the joint sealer work is to be performed,
notifYing the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the work and performance of the sealers. Do not proceed with the joint
sealer work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable
to the Installer.
B. WEATHER CONDITIONS: Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse
weather conditions or when temperatures are below or above manufacturer's
recommended limitations for installation. Proceed with the work only when forecasted
weather conditions are favorable for proper cure and development of high early bond
strength. Wherever joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install
elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in the lower third of manufacturer's
recommended installation temperature range.
1.05 SEALANT WARRANTY:
A. PROVIDE WRITTEN WARRANTY, signed by Manufacturer and Contractor; agreeing
to, within warranty period, replace/repair defective materials and workmanship defmed
to include: instances of significant leakage of water or air: failures in joint adhesion,
material cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion-from-joint
resistance, migration resistance" strain resistance, or general durability failure to
perform as required as clearly specified in manufacturer's published product literature
as an inherent characteristic of the sealant material. Warranty includes responsibility for
removal and replacement of work (if any) which conceals or obstructs the replacement
of sealants. Warranty covers the following types of sealants on this project, for the
following periods of time.
1. Elastomeric sealants of every type.
2. Warranty period of2 years after date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL:
A. COLORS: For exposed materials, provide standard color which most closely matches
adjacent surfaces. For concealed materials, provide the natural color which has the best
overall performance characteristics.
B. COMPATIBILITY: Before purchase of each required material, confirm its
compatibility with each other material it will be exposed to in the joint system.
JOINT SEALERS
07900-2
2.02 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS:
A. FOR BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS, provide one of the following:
1. One-Component Polyurethane Sealant:
a. Vulkem 116; Mameco International.
b. Sikaflex la; Sika Chemical Corp.
c. Sonolastic NPI; Sonneborn.
d. Dynatrol I; Pecora.
2. Two-Component Polyurethane Sealant (2 Pu-S):
a. Vulkem 227; Mameco International.
b. Sonolastic NP2; Sonneborn.
c. Dynatrol II; Pecora.
d. Dymeric; Tremco Mfg. Co.
B. ISOLA TION JOINTS BETWEEN STRUCTURE AND OTHER MATERIALS,
provide one of the following:
1. One-Component Polyurethane Sealant (1 Pu-S):
a. Vulkem 116; Mameco International.
b. S~kaflex la; Sika Chemical Corp.
c. Sonolastic NPI; Sonneborn.
d. Dynatrol I; Pecora.
2.03 FLASHING AND COPING JOINTS:
A. NON-SKINNING MASTIC SEALANTS, provide one of the following:
1. Polybutene Mastic Sealant.'
a. Trem Tape; Tremco, Inc.
2. Polyisobutylene Mastic Sealant.
a. Curtain Wall Sealant; Tremco, Inc.
2.04 INTERIOR WALL JOINTS (CALKING), provide one of the following:
A. ACRYLIC-EMULSION SEALANT:
1. AC-30 Acrylic Latex; Pecora Corp.
2. Conolac; Sonneborn.
3. VIP Ter-Polymer; VIP Products.
4. Acrylicalk; Standard Drywall Products.
2.05 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS. PAVEMENT EXPANSION JOINTS, provide one of the
following:
A. TWO-COMPONENT POLYURETHANE SEALANT.
1. Vulkem 245; Mameco International.
2. Sikaflex 12 SL; Sika Chemical Corp.
3. Urexpan NR 200; Pecoa Corp.
JOINT SEALERS
07900-3
2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. JOINT CLEANER: Provide type of joint cleaning compound recommended by sealant
or calking compound manufacturer for the joint surfaces to be cleaned.
B. JOINT PRIMER/SEALER: Provide the type of joint primer/sealer recommended by the
sealant manufacturer for the joint surfaces to be primed or sealed.
C. BOND BREAKER TAPE: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by
the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant -contact surface where bond to the
substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self-
adhesive tape wherever applicable.
D. SEALANT BACKER ROD: Compressible rod stock of extruded, closed cell
polyethylene foam polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, or other material as
recommended by compatibility with sealant by the sealant manufacturer. Provide size
and shape of rod which will control joint depth for sealant placement, break bond of
sealant at bottom of joint, form optimum shape of sealant bead on back side, and
provide a highly compressible backer to minimize possibility of sealant extrusion when
joint is compressed. Provide one of the following, or an approved equaL
1. Green Rod; Nomaco, Inc.
2. Dow Ethefoam; Dow Chemical Co.
E. JOINT FILLERS, PAVEMENT TYPES: Provide resilient, self-expanding and non-
extruding type premolded cork units complying with ASTM D 1752, Type III; ES HH-F
341, Type II, Class C; or AASHTO MI53, Type III.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS:
A. COMPLY with manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified, and except where manufacturer's technical
representative directs otherwise.
3.02 JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. CLEAN JOINT SURFACES immediately before installation of sealant or calking
compound. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which would
interfere with bond of sealant or calking compound.
B. PRIME OR SEAL THE JOINT SURF ACES wherever shown or recommended by the
sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining
surfaces.
JOINT SEALERS
07900-4
3.03 INSTALLATION:
A. INSTALL SEALANT BACKER ROD for liquid elastomeric sealants, except where
shown to be omitted or recommended to be omitted by seal ant manufacturer for the
application shown. Take precaution not to puncture backer rod during installation.
B. INSTALL BOND BREAKER TAPE wherever shown and wherever required by
manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform
property.
C. INSTALL PAVEMENT TYPE JOINT FILLERS below sealant and backer rod as
recommended by manufacturer of sealant being used.
D. APPLY SEALANT MATERIAL PRIOR TO application of paint, sealers or water
repellants to adjacent surfaces.
E. EMPLOY ONLY PROVEN INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES, which will ensure that
sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets,
with complete "Wetting" ofthe joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as
otherwise indicated, tool sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below
adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical
surface, fill joint to form a slight cove so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt.
F. INSTALL SEALANTS TO DEPTHS as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by
the sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at the
center (thin) section of the bead:
1. For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints sealed with elastomeric sealants and
subject to traffic and other abrasion and indentation exposures, till joints to a depth
equal to 75% of joint width, and neither more than 5/8" deep nor less than 3/8"
deep.
2. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic,
fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but neither more than 1/2" deep
nor less than 1/4" deep.
3. For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants and calking compounds, fill joints
to a depth in the range of75% to 125% of joint width.
G. SPILLAG: Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining
surfaces, or to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces. Clean adjoining surfaces by
whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage.
3.04 CURE AND PROTECTION:
A. CURE SEALANTS and calking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive
strength and surface durability. Advise the Contractor of procedures required for the
cure and protection of joint sealers during the construction period so that they will be
JOINT SEALERS
07900-5
without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering at the lime of
Project acceptance.
END OF SECTION
JOINT SEALERS
07900-6
SECTION 08215
MOLDED COMPOSITE INSULATED DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of Molded Composite Insulated Doors and steel frames is shown on the
drawings and schedules and as specified.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES (if any): Provide fire-rated doors investigated and tested
as fire door assemblies, complete with types of hardware to be used. Identify each fire
door with recognized testing laboratory labels, indicating applicable fire rating of doors.
Construct and install assemblies to comply with NFP A Standard No. 80, and as herein
specified.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. GENERAL: Submit following as specified in Section (01340).
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and installation of
Molded Composite Insulated Doors and Frames. Include details of each frame type,
elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location
and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and details of
joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MOLDED COMPOSITE INSULATED DOORS:
A. DOORSAND STEEL FRAMES shall be (Style FC-60) doors and 18 gage steel frames
as manufactured by Therma Tru Corporation, Toledo, Ohio.
B. PREHUNG DOORS shall be provided. On exterior doors, provide manufacturer's
standard thresholds and compression weatherstripping around perimeter of doors.
MOLDED COMPOSITE INSULA TED DOORS
08215-1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. INSTALLER MUST EXAMINE substrate and conditions under which doors and
frames are to be installed and notifY the Contractor in writing of any conditions
detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. PLACING FRAMES: Comply with the provISIOns of Steel Door Institute 105
"Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames" unless otherwise indicated.
1. Locate 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels.
2. Install fire-rated frames in accordance with NFP A Standard No. 80.
B. DOOR INSTALLATION:
1. Fit doors accurately in their respective frames with appropriate clearances.
2. Finish hardware for doors and frames as specified in Division 8 Series section of
the specifications, and shall be installed under the provisions of this section.
3. Place fire-rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA Standard No. 80
unless more stringent conditions required by local fire regulation.
C. FINISHING:
1. Door units shall be painted or stained by this Section in finishes as selected by the
Architect and with types of materials recommended by the door manufacturer.
2. All exposed surfaces must be primed and painted or stained and top coated as
required in a manner to seal and protect door units.
3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN:
A. FINAL ADJUSTMENTS: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items just prior
to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove
and replace defective work, including doors or frames which are warped, bowed or
otherwise damaged.
END OF SECTION
MOLDED COMPOSITE INSULA TED DOORS
08215-2
SECTION 08520
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of aluminum windows is shown on Drawings and specified.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. Storefront System: Section 08410.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. STANDARDS: Requirements for aluminum windows, terminology and standards of
performance, and fabrication workmanship are those specified and recommended in
AAMA 101-85 and applicable general recommendations published by AAMA and
AA.B. LOAD-BEARING STRENGTH (WIND RESISTANCE): Provide system
adapted to application indicated, which has been tested in accordance with ASTM-E330
to withstand at least the local building code requirement.
C. PRIME GLASS STANDARD: Comply with FS DD-G-451.
D. HEAT-TREATED GLASS STANDARD: ComplywithFS DD-G-1403.
E. SAFETY GLASS STANDARDS: Comply with the following as applicable.
1. Consumer Product Safety Commission 16 CFR 1201.
2. Industry Standards ANSI Z97.1.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, and
standard details for aluminum window units, including certified test laboratory reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520-1
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings, including wall elevations at 1/4" scale,
typical unit elevations at 3/4" scale, and full size detail sections of every typical
composite member. Show anchors, hardware, operators, and other components not
included in manufacturer's standard data. Include glazing details.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. MANUFACTURER: Provide aluminum window units by one of the following or equal
as approved.
Single Hung, Horizontal Sliding and Fixed Windows
Alenco Div.; Redman
Graham Architectural Products Corp.
Capitol Windows
EFCO Corporation
Milco Div., Wausau
Three Rivers Aluminum Co., Inc.
Ultralum Div., Alside
Winco Manufacturing Company
B. ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS: Alloy and temper recommended by window
manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required fmish, but
not less than 22,000 psi ultimate tensile strength and not less than 0.062" thickness at
any location for main frame and sash members. Comply with ASTM B 221.
C. FASTENERS: Aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted
by manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with aluminum window members,
trim, hardware, anchors and other components of window units.
1. Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw-anchor into aluminum less than 0.125"
thick, reinforce interior with aluminum or non-standard non-corrosive pressed-in
splined grommet units.
2. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for application of
hardware. Match fInish of adjoining metal.
3. Provide Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners.
D. ANCHORS, CLIPS AND WINDOW ACCESSORIES: Depending on strength and
corrosion-inhibiting requirements, fabricate units of aluminum, non-magnetic stainless
steel, or hot-dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with ASIM A 386.
E. COMPRESSION GLAZING STRIPS AND WEATHERSTRIPPING: At
manufacturer's option, provide molded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D
2000 Designation 2BC415 to 3BC620, or molded expanded neoprene gaskets
complying with ASTM C 509, Grade 4.
F. SLIDING WEATHERSTRIPPING: Provide woven pile weatherstripping of wool,
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520-2
polypropylene or nylon pile and resin-impregnated backing fabric, and aluminum
backing strips. Comply with AAMA 701.
G. GLASS FIBER MESH (Insect): 18 x 16 or 18 x 14 mesh of plastic-glass fiber threads,
woven and fused to form fabric mesh is resistance to corrosion, shrinkage, stretch,
impact and weather deterioration. Comply with FS-L-S-125.
H. FRICTION SHOES: Nylon or other non-abrasive, non-metallic, non-staining, non-
corrosive durable material.
1. SEALANT AND JOINT FILLERS: Specified in Section 07900.
2.02 WINDOW CLASSIFICATION (GRADE/PERFORMANCE):
A. REA VY COMMERCIAL WINDOWS: Provide window units complying with
requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40.
2.03 WINDOW TYPES (OPERATION):
A. GENERAL: Following paragraphs defme operating arrangements for types for sash
(ventilators) required in window units and specifY minimum provisions for each type.
Drawings show which panels of each window unit are operable sash and which are
fixed.
B. FIXED ALUMINUM WINDOWS: No operating hardware or equipment is required.
C. SINGLE HUNG & HORIZONTAL SLIDING ALUMINUM WINDOWS: Units
containing one or more sliding sash; requiring track for appropriate movement, with
rollers in sash or with friction shoes if size of sash does not require use of rollers to
provide ease of operation, with combination pull and latch unit which prevent removal
of sash when latched.
1. Provide sash which can be removed from inside without use of tools.
2.04 GLASS:
A. PRIME (NONPROCESSED) GLASS:
1. Impact Rated: Type I, Quality 3q, clear unless otherwise indicated. Provide ~
inch thick laminated glass unless otherwise required.
B. PROCESSED GLASS:
1. Tempered Glass (Tmp-): Provide prime glass, clear unless otherwise indicated,
which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less than 4.5
times annealed strength. Provide ~ inch thick glass unless otherwise required.
2.05 FABRICATION AND ACCESSORIES:
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520- 3
A. GENERAL: Provide manufacturer's standard fabrication and accessories which comply
with indicated standards and are reglazable without dismantling of sash framing, except
to extent more specific or more stringent requirements are indicated. Include complete
system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units.
B. SIZES AND PROFILES: Required sizes of window units and profile requirements are
shown on drawings. Variable dimensions (if any) are indicated along with maximum
and minimum dimensions as required to achieve design requirements and coordination
with other work. .
1. Details shown are based upon standard details by one or more manufacturers. It is
intended that siJllilar details by other manufacturers will be acceptable, provided
they comply with size requirements, minimum/maximum profile requirements,
and performance standard as shown or specified.
C. PROVIDE WATERSHED MEMBERS at top of windows.
D. PROVIDE MEANS OF DRAINAGE for water and condensation which may
accumulate in members of window units.
E. PROVIDE MULLIONS AND COVER PLATES as shown, matching window units,
and complete with anchors for support and installation. Allow for erection tolerances
and provide for movements of window units due to thermal expansion and building
deflections.
F. PROVIDE INSECT SCREEN UNIT for each operable exterior sash, except as
otherwise indicated. Locate screen units on either inside or outside of sash, depending
upon window type. Where possible, design window units and hardware to accommodate
screens in a tight-fitting removable arrangement, with a minimum of exposed fasteners
and latches, and without necessity of wickets for hardware access. Where wickets are
necessary, provide either sliding or hinged type, framed and trimmed for durability
during handling, and for tight fit.
1. Fabricate screen frames of either extruded or formed aluminum tubular-shaped
members of 0.040" minimum wall thickness, with mitered or coped joints and
concealed mechanical fasteners, with removable PVC spline-anchor concealing
edge of screen fabric. Finish frames to match window units, unless otherwise
indicated.
a. At manufacturer's option screen frames may be fabricated of non-magnetic
stainless steel members of 0.020" minimum wall thickness. Finish with
manufacturer's standard No. 2B bright mill finish.
G. PROVIDE GROUP SYSTEM of type and in groups shown. Coordinate design of
operator with window fabrication and hardware selection, to ensure smooth, durable
operation of sashes.
2.06 ALUMINUM WINDOW FINISHES:
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520-4
A. COLORED ANODIZED FINISH: NAAMM AA-C22A32, Class II (minimum
thickness of 0.4 mils), integral or electrolytically deposited color anodized dark bronze
finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. COMPLY with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of
window units, hardware, operators, and other components of work.
B. SET SILL MEMBERS and other members in bed of compound as shown, or with joint
fillers or gaskets as shown, to provide weathertight construction. Refer to Division 7
sealant sections for compounds, fillers and gaskets to be installed with window units.
Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of work.
3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN:
A. ADJUST OPERATING SASH AND HARDWARE to provide tight fit at contact points
and at weatherstripping, for smooth operation and weathertight closure.
B. CLEAN ALUMINUM SURF ACES promptly after installation of windows, exercising
care to avoid damage to protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and
sealant compounds, dirt and other substances. Lubricate hardware and moving parts.
C. CLEAN GLASS of units promptly after installation of windows.
D. INITIATE NA D MAINTAIN ALL PROTECTION and other precautions required to
ensure that windows will be without damage or deterioration (other than normal
weathering) at time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08520-5
SECTION 08340
COILING GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work
specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. EXTENT of coiling grilles is shown on the drawings and includes:
1. Overhead Coiling Grilles.
2. Side Coiling Grilles.
B. PROVIDE complete operating grille assemblies produced by one manufacturer'
including curtains, guides, counterbalance mechanisms, hardware, operators, and
installation accessories, as shown on the drawings and herein specified.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. MANUFACTURERS: Provide coiling grilles as manufactured by one of the following
or equivalent as approved:
1. Atlas Door Corporation.
2. The Cookson Company.
3. Cornell Iron Works, Inc.
4. J. G. Wilson Corporation.
B. INSERTS AND ANCHORAGES: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must
be set in concrete or built into masonry for installation of coiling grille units. Provide
setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage
devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.
1. See concrete and masonry sections of these specifications for installation of
inserts and anchorage devices.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing-in diagrams, and
installation instructions for each type and size of coiling grille. Include operating
instructions and maintenance data.
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for special components and installations
COLING GRILLES
08340-1
which are not fully dimensional or detailed in manufacturer's product data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES:
A. GRILLE CURTAIN:
1. General: Fabricate grille curtain consisting of a network of 5/16" minimum
diameter horizontal rods spaced approximately 2-112" o.c. Inter-connect rods by
vertical links approximately 5/8" wide, spaced approximately 9" apart and
rotating on the rods. (Straight Pattern).
2. Bottom Bar: Manufacturer's standard extruded shape or two angles, fInished to
match grille.
3. End Locks: Continuous end links or other devices at ends of rods, locking and
retaining grille curtain in guides against excessive pressures, maintaining curtain
alignment and preventing lateral movement.
4. Guides: Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum shape having curtain
groove with return lips or bars to retain curtain. Furnish pile strips, rigid vinyl
liner, or other nonmetallic inserts to prevent metal-to-metal contact and
minimize noise of travel. Furnish removable stops on guides to prevent over
travel of curtain.
B. COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM:
1. Counterbalance Grille by means of steel helical torsion spring, mounted around a
steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel, connected to curtain. Use grease-
sealed ball bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members.
2. Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design, either cast iron or cold-rolled steel
plate.
3. Hood: (Do not provide hoods for grilles installed above hung ceiling.) Form to
entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening head. Contour
to suit end of brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and
bottom edges for stiffness. Provide closed ends for surface-mounted hoods, and
any portion of between-jamb mounting projecting beyond wall face. Provide
intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sag.
a. Fabricate hoods for aluminum grilles of aluminum sheet not less than
0.032" thick, fInished to match curtain.
C. MANUAL OPERATION:
1. Manual Push-Up Operation: Design counterbalance mechanism so that required
lift or pull for door operation does not exceed 25 Ibs. Adjust operating mechanism
so grille can be easily stopped at any point in its travel and to remain in position
until movement is reactivated. Furnish pull down chain, strap, or hook. For grilles
over 8 ft. high and over, furnish pull down pole with hook.
a. Provide slide bolt locking device (with hasp for padlock) at each jamb on
bottom bar.
COLING GRILLES
08340-2
2.02 SIDE COILING GRILLES:
A. GRILLE CURTAIN:
1. General: Fabricate grille curtain consisting of a network of vertical rods spaced
approximately 2-1/2" o.c. Interconnect rods by horizontal links spaced
approximately 9" apart. (Straight Pattern).
a. Aluminum Grilles: Clear anodized finish.
2. Drive Bands: Top drive band shall have ball bearing roller carriers.
B. TRACKS: Manufacturer's standard tracks. Units without curves can be provided
without bottom tracks.
C. COIL BOX: Manufacturer's standard coil box fully enclosing grille when grille is in
open position. Where coil box is exposed it shall have same finish as grille curtain.
D. MANUAL OPERATION: By removable crank.
1. Provide slide bolt locking device (with hasp for padlock) near top and bottom of
opening side of grille.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. INSTALL grilles and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, in
accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified
herein.
B. UPON COMPLETION of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and
adjust grilles to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion.
END OF SECTION
COLING GRILLES
08340-3
SECTION 08700
FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of builders hardware is shown on the drawings and in schedules and is
intended to include hardware for all swinging doors, unless such hardware is included
under other sections of the specifications.
B. FURNISH AND DELIVER to the job site for fitting and installation under other
sections of the specifications.
C. IT IS INTENDED that the list of hardware will cover all finish hardware to complete
the Project. Omission and/or discrepancies shall be brought to the Architect's attention
during the bidding period. Any additional hardware shall be of the same design and
quality as hardware specified for similar openings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. HARDWARE SUPPLIER: Hardware shall be furnished by builder's hardware supplier
having appropriate technical knowledge and experience to correctly interpret Drawings
and Specifications. He shall be prepared at all times during progress of installation to
promptly provide a competent and efficient Architectural Hardware Consultant (ARC or
equivalent) to intelligently service the hardware at the project and to approve its
installation to the end that all items shall be installed in the best manner and function
properly.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. HARDWARE SCHEDULE: Based on the builders hardware requirements indicated,
organize the hardware schedule into "hardware sets", indicating complete designation of
every item required for each door or opening. IdentifY each item in the Schedule on the
first page ofthe Schedule by the manufacturer's name.
1. Submit typewritten schedule for approval in accordance with Section 01340, at the
earliest possible date, in order to facilitate the fabrication of other work (such as
hollow metal frames) which may be crucial in the project construction schedule.
FINISH HARDWARE
08700-1
2. After approval, provide required number of approved schedules for distribution.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. PACKAGING OF H4RDWARE. on a set by set basis, is the responsibility of the
supplier. As material is received by the hardware supplier from the various
manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers marked with the hardware set number.
Two or more identical sets may be packaged in the same container.
B. INVENTORY HARDWARE jointly with representatives of the hardware supplier and
the hardware installer until each is satisfied that the count is correct.
C. PROVIDE secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project. Store items off the
ground, protected from theft: or damage.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. COORDINATION: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package
separately, with identification related to the [mal hardware schedule, and include basic
installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use
on doors and frames indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. Deliver
individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop
or project site) for installation.
B. TEMPLATES This supplier shall furnish Hardware Schedule as approved by the
Architect and all necessary hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and
other work to be factory-prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check
the shop drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions are made for
the proper installation of hardware.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
FINISHES:
(Unless otherwise indicated provide following finishes)
A. BUTTS - Exterior:
B. BUTTS - Interior:
C. LOCKS:
D. PUSH, PULL & KICK PLATES:
E. CLOSERS:
F.. PANIC DEVICES:
G. DOOR STOPS & MISCELLANEOUS:
USP
USP
US 26D
US 28
SBL
US 26D
US 26D
FINISH HARDWARE
08700-2
2.02 BUTTS:
A. DOORS 1-3/4" thick: Minimum 4 1/2" high.
B. BUTTS used with door closers shall be ball bearing. Exterior doors shall have ball
bearing butts, except as otherwise specified.
C. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Stanley, Mckinney, Hager and Lawrence.
2.03 LOCKSETS:
A. ONE of the following manufacturers or approved equal; furnished in the function
specified in the hardware set:
MANUFACTURER
CYLINDRICAL
Series Design
MORTISE
Series Design
Russwin
Corbin
Sargent
Yale
3300
5000
6
5300
Austin
633
OB
COP
5000
9500
18-7700
8000
Ashford
833
KDD
COP-2
B. KNOBS, escutcheons, locksets and cylinders shall be the products of one manufacturer.
C. MINIMUM WALL thickness of knobs and roses: .101" and .099" respectively.
D. LATCH BOLTS shall have 3/4" throw. Deadbolts shall have hardened steel inserts and
1" throw.
2.04 CLOSERS:
ONE OF THE FOLLOWING manufacturers or approved equal; furnished in the
manufacturers recommended printed size for specified condition unless otherwise noted
in the hardware sets. Closers shall be full rack and pinion complete with back check.
Springs shall be motor clock type. Furnish flush mount transom brackets where no
transom bar exists. Furnish parallel arm where required.
MANUFACTURER
SERIES
Russwin
Corbin
LCN
Norton
2800
100
4030
8200
FINISH HARDWARE
08700-3
2.05 DOOR TRIM:
A. PUSH PLA TES, pulls, pull plates, kick and/or armor plates: One of the following
manufacturer's products or approved equal in catalogue number as set forth herein:
MANUFACTURER
PUSH PLATE
PULL PLATE
KICK PLATE
Brookline
Baldwin
Cipco
69
100/8 x16
550u
906
100x943/4x 16
500K x 34SP
8"
x 2 LDW
2.06 SILENCERS:
A. FOR METAL DOOR FRAMES, provide door silencers type 33 or 34, three per single
door; two per pair of doors.
2.07 DOOR HOLDERS:
A. ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS or approved equal furnished in the
manufacturers' recommended size for specified conditions unless otherwise noted in the
hardware sets. All holders shall be automatic with adjustable holding force. Furnish flush
mount transom brackets where no transom bar exists.
MANUFACTURER
TYPE
Glynn-Johnson
Russwin
Corbin
GJ370. F44M X pipe, F40M-X, W40M X, GJ80M
1650, P239 x pipe, 232 112,230 112 x 522
865, P2819 x pipe. 2810-12, 2812-12, 812
2.08 DOOR STOPS:
ONE of the following manufacturers or approved equal:
MANUFACTURER
Glynn-Johnson
Russwin
Ives
Where pairs of doors
interfere with one another
RB- 3 or RB-4
Other areas unless
otherwise specified
WB05X
335 112
407
2.09 KEYING:
A. KEY QUANTITY: Furnish 2 keys for each lock and 2 keys for each master system.
Each store shall have separate master system.
FINISH HARDWARE
08700-4
2.10 FASTENINGS:
A. PROVIDE screws of matching finish to their product and of manufacturers' standard
for that item.
B. ATTACH DOOR CLOSERS, door holders and exit devices installed on wood doors by
means of bolts and sex nuts.
2.11 180 DEGREE OPENINGS:
A. OTHER THAN THOSE DOORS that are restricted to less than 180 degree openings by
building, all butts and/or closer arms shall be of sufficient size to allow full 180 degree
opening of doors.
2.12 HARDWARE SCHEDULE:
A. REFER TO THE DRAWINGS for Hardware Schedules.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY items called for under this Section shall be installed
under other sections of the specifications.
B. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND INSPECTIONS The builders hardware
supplier shall be required to instruct the Contractor in the proper installation of all
hardware items furnished under this Section and inspect the installation of such material
for proper installation in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A final
inspection shall be made at such time as all hardware items have been installed prior to
acceptance by the Owner, and a written report of any malfunction or poor installation be
submitted to the Architect:
C. MOUNT HARDWARE UNITS AT HEIGHTS LISTED BELOW:
1. Distance from finish floor to center line of:
Door Knob 38"
Door Pull 42"
Deadlock 60"
Exit Bolt Cross Bar 38"
Push Plate 50"
Butt Hinges Bottom hinge - fInish floor to bottom of
Hinge 10". Top hinge - head rabbet to top
of hinge 5". Center hinge equi-distance
between top and bottom hinge.
FINISH HARDWARE
08700-5
2. Push Plates: 48" above finish floor to center. Furnish cutout where required.
3. Optional Mounting Heights: For standard steel doors and frames, hardware may he
installed at heights standard with the Steel Door Institute (SDI).
D. INSTALLATION AIDS It shall be theresponsibility of the builder's hardware
supplier to loan upon request, to the Contractor, for this Project only, one complete
lockset installation kit, supplied by the lockset manufacturer, which includes boring jigs
with bits adapted for hand or power tools, lockset face plate, and strike mortise chisels.
END OF SECTION
FINISH HARDWARE
08700-6
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. TYPES OF WORK INCLUDE:
1. Metal support, furring and lathing.
2. Portland cement plastering.
B. RELATED WORK:
1. Gypsum Sheathing: Section 06113.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING STANDARDS: ANSI A 42.2 AND A42.3
B. LATHING, FURRING AND SUSPENSION STANDARD: ASTM-C 841.
C. ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES: For flat surfaces, do not exceed 1/4" in 8' -0" for bow
or warp of surface, and for plumb or level.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation
instructions for each material, including other data as may be required to show
compliance with these specifications.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. DELIVER, STORE AND PROTECT manufactured materials to comply with
referenced standards.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. PROTECT CONTIGUOUS WORK from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration and
other harmful effects which might result from plastering.
LATH AND PLASTER
09200-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 METAL SUPPORT, FURRING, LATHING AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS:
A. GENERAL:
1. Metals and Finishes:
a. Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized finish on all materials except as
otherwise indicated.
b. Exposed Plastering Accessories: Provide zinc alloy accessories for exterior
work unless otherwise indicated.
c. Heavy Gage Members (Rolled Channels, etc.): Provide with rust-inhibitive
paint finish in non-exposed interior areas and galvanized finish in non-
exposed areas.
2. Wire Ties: Galvanized soft: steel wire.
B. METAL LATHING MATERIALS:
1. General: Where not otherwise indicated, comply with MLF A "Technical Bulletin
101" and ASTM C 841 for selection of metal lath for each application indicated.
a. Product Standards: Comply with FS QQ-L-I0L
2. Self-Furring Diamond Mesh Lath: 3.4 Ibs. per sq. yd., std., mesh sheet with 114"
deformations.
3. Diamond Mesh Lath: 3.4 Ibs. per sq. yd.
C. CEILING/SOFFIT SUSPENSION SYSTEM:
1. Size following components to comply with reference standards unless otherwise
indicated.
a. Main Runners: Hot-rolled or cold-rolled steeL
b. Hanger Wire: ASTM A 641, Class 1 galvanized.
2. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, clips, bolts, inserts, or other devices
applicable to the indicated method of structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and
whose suitability for use intended has been proven through standard construction
practices or by certified test data. Size devices for 3 x calculated hanger loading
except size direct pull-out concrete inserts for 5 x calculated hanger loading.
a. Channel Cross Furring: Hot-rolled or cold-rolled steel channels.
D. METAL PLASTERING ACCESSORIES AND REINFORCEMENT:
1. General: Coordinate depth of accessory with thickness of and number of coats of
plaster to be applied.
2. Square-Edged Casing Beads: Manufacturer's standard with expanded or short
flange to suit application, zinc alloy.
3. Control Joints: No. 15 sized to full plaster thickness, expanded flanges, zinc alloy.
4. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, of type and length suitable for adequate penetration of
the substrate.
LATH AND PLASTER
09200-2
2.02 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER MATERIALS:
A. GENERAL: Provide either neat or ready-mixed (where applicable) materials, at
Installer's option, complying with ANSI A42.2.
B. BASE-COAT CEMENT: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or IA.
C. BASE-COAT LIME: Special fInished hydrated lime, Type S.
D. BASE-COAT AGGREGATE: Sand.
E. PREPARED FINISH COAT: Factory-prepared fInish for portland cement plaster, type
recommended by the manufacturer for texture indicated.
1. Texture: Sand-float fInish for painting.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. GENERAL: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and
recommendations where other more stringent requirements are not indicated.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORIES:
A. ANCHOR EACH FLANGE of accessories 8" O.c. to plaster base.
B. MITER OR COPE accessory comers and install with tight joints accurately aligned.
C. SET ACCESSORIES plumb, level and true to line, with a tolerance of 1/8" in 10'-0".
D. INSTALL CASING BEADS at terminations of plaster work, except where plaster is
indicated to pass through other work, and be concealed by lapping work, and except
where special screeds, bases or frames act as casing beads.
E. INSTALL PREFABRICATED CONTROL JOINTS of one-piece design where shown
as "Control Joint" or as required to control plaster cracks. Back control joints with 2"
wide butyl tape applied to the sheathing. Install joints with flanges under self-furring
lath and attach with Bostitch 9/16" "G" staples or equal, spaced 6" apart on each flange.
Break supporting members, sheathing and metal lath behind control joints. Apply
sealant at all splices, intersections and terminals.
303 APPLICATION OF METAL LATH:
A. EXTERIOR LATH OVER GYPSUM SHEATHING: Apply self-furring metal lath over
gypsum sheathing and No. 15 asphalt felt with long dimension across steel studs, with
LATH AND PLASTER
09200-3
ends lapped 1" and staggered in adjacent courses, with sides lapped 1/2". Screw-attach
lath through gypsum sheathing to steel studs and runners with 1 1/4" Type S-12
Pancake Head Cadmium-plated Screws 8" O.c.
B. EXTERIOR LATH OVER FURRING CHANNELS: Apply diamond mesh lath, as
specified, over furring channels where indicated. Apply with long dimension across
supports, with ends lapped I" and staggered in adjacent courses, with sides lapped 1/2".
Where laps occur between supports, they shall be laced or tied with 18 gage tie wire.
Secure lath to all supports at intervals not exceeding 6".
3.04 INSTALLATION OF PLASTER:
A. MECHANICALL Y MIX PLASTER materials at the project site. Do not hand mix
except where small amounts are needed, using less than one bag of plaster.
B. SEQUENCE PLASTER installation properly with the installation and protection of
other work, so that neither will be damaged by the installation of the work.
C. PLASTER FLUSH WITH built-in or accessories which act as a plaster ground, unless
otherwise shown.
D. THICKNESSES and number of coats of plaster:
1. Provide 2-coat plaster installation over masonry.
2. Provide 3-coat plaster installation over metal lath on furring.
3. Provide 3/4" thickness over metal lath.
4. Provide 1/2" thickness over masonry.
E. TEXTURE OF PLASTER FINISHES: Except as otherwise indicated, apply finish-coat
as follows:
1. Sand-float finish.
F. CURE PORTLAND CEMENT plaster by maintaining each coat in a moist condition
for 2 days following application; keep enclosed and fog-spray (after initial set) as
required to prevent dry-out.
3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A. CUT, PATCH, POINT-UP AND REPAIR PLASTER as necessary to accommodate
other work and to restore cracks, dents and imperfections. Repair or replace work to
eliminate blisters, excessive crazing and check cracking, dry-outs, efflorescence, and
similar defects, including areas of the work which do not comply with specified
tolerances, and where bond to the substrate has failed.
LATH AND PLASTER
09200-4
3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
A. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTION and enclosures of other work. Promptly
remove plaster from surfaces which are not to be plastered. Repair walls and other
surfaces which have been stained, marred or otherwise damaged during the plastering
work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers and
equipment.
B. TNSTALLER shall advise the Contractor of requirements for the protection of plaster
from deterioration and damage during the remainder of the construction work.
END OF SECTION
LATH AND PLASTER
09200-5
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM DRYWALL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.0 I RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. TYPES of work include:
1. Gypsum drywall including screw-type support system.
2. Gypsum drywall applied to wood furring.
3. Drywall finishing (joint tape-and-compound treatment).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. GYPSUM BOARD STANDARD: Comply with ASTM C 840 for application and
finishing of gypsum board.
B. METAL SUPPORT STANDARD: ASTM C 754.
C. MANUFACTURER: Obtain gypsum boardproducts from a single manufacturer, or
from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards.
D. ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES: 1/8" offsets between planes of board faces, and 1/4"
in 8' -0" for plumb, level, warp and bow.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. CERTIFlCA TION: Contractor shall submit Certification that all metal studs installed in
project, as work of this section, comply with ASTM C 645 Standard and gage indicated.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. DELIVER, IDENTIFY, STORE AND PROTECT gypsum drywall materials to comply
with referenced standards.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250-1
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Comply with referenced standards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 METAL SUPPORT MATERIALS:
A. PARTITION SUPPORT MATERIALS:
1. Studs: ASTM C 645; 25 gage unless otherwise indicated. U.S. gypsum products or
equal.
a. Depth of Section: 3-5/8", except as otherwise indicated.
b. Runners: Match studs; type recommended by stud manufacturer for floor and
ceiling support of studs, and for vertical abutment of drywall work at other work.
c. Stud System Accessories: Provide stud manufacturer's standard clips, shoes,
ties, reinforcements, fasteners and other accessories as needed for a complete
stud system.
2. Furring Members: ASTM C 645; 25 gage, hat-shaped.
B. CEILING/SOFFIT SUSPENSION SYSTEM:
1. General: Size ceiling support components to comply with ASTM C 754, unless
otherwise indicated. U.S. Gypsum products or equal
2. Main Runners: Steel channels with rust inhibitive paint finish, hot or cold-rolled.
3. Hanger Wire: ASTM A 641, soft, Class 1 galvanized.
4. Angle-Type Hangers: Not less than 7/8" x 7/8" x 16-gage galvanized steel formed
angles, with bolted connections and 5/16" diameter bolts. (provide where required
by Code or by heavy loading or by exceptional uplift resistance).
5. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, clips, bolts, cast-in-place concrete inserts or
other devices applicable to the indicated method of structural anchorage for ceiling
hangers and whose suitability for use intended has been proven through standard
construction practices or by certified test data. Size devices for 3 x calculated load
supported except size direct pull-out concrete inserts for 5 x calculated loads.
6. Furring Members: ASTM C 645, 0.0179" mm. thickness of base metal, hat-shaped.
7. Furring Members: ASTM C645, 0.179" mID. thickness of base metal, C-shaped
studs. (Provide for spans of more than 4").
8. Furring Anchorages: 16-gage galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard wire-
type clips, bolts, nails or screws as recommended by furring manufacturer and
complying with C 754.
2.02 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS:
A. EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD (GypBd): (Also known as gypsum wallboard). Regular
type with tapered long edges.
1. Edge Profile: Special rounded or beveled edge.
2. Thickness: 112" except where otherwise indicated.
3. Sheet Size: Maximum length available which will minimize end joints.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250-2
4. Type X: Provide where required (fire-resistive).
5. Water-Resistant Type (WR-): Provide in wet areas. U.S. Gypsum products or equal
2.03 TRIM ACCESSORIES:
A. GENERAL: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for
drywall work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either
knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for nailing or stapling, and beaded for
concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide comer beads, L-type edge trim-
beads, and one-piece control joint beads.
2.04 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS:
GENERAL: ASTM C 475; type recommended by manufacturer for application
indicated, except as otherwise indicated.
B. JOINT TAPE: Perforated type.
C. JOINT COMPOUND: Ready-mixed vinyl-type for interior use.
1. Grade: 2 separate grades; one specifically for bedding tapes and filling
depressions, and one for topping and sanding.
2. Provide water resistant type for treatment of water resistant boards: Sheetrock
Brand W/R Compound by U.S. Gypsum Co.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. GENERAL: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of type and grade
recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board.
B. GYPSUM BOARD FASTENERS: Comply with ASTM-C 840.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS:
1. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing to support fixtures,
equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings and similar work which cannot be
adequately supported on gypsum board alone.
2. Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where
gypsum drywall stud systems abuts other work, except as otherwise indicated.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, extend partition stud system through acoustical
ceilings and elsewhere as indicated to the structural support or substrate above the
ceiling. (Where partitions are supported from overhead construction, support them
from structural elements and not from metal decks, if any).
4. Space studs 16" o.c., except as otherwise indicated.
5. Frame door openings with vertical studs securely attached by screws at each jamb
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250-3
either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frame; install runner track
sections (for jack studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.
a. Provide runner tracks of same gage as jamb studs. Space jack studs same as
partition studs.
b. Install 20 gage studs at each jamb for all doors 2'-8" wide to 4'-0" wide
weighing not more than 200 Ibs., and for all doors less than 2'-8" wide
weighing more than 1 00 Ibs., but not more than 200 lbs.
6. Frame openings other than door openings in same manner as required for door
openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required
above door heads.
7. Install supplementary framing, runners, furring blocking and bracing at openings
and terminations in the work, and at locations required to support fixtures,
equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishing and similar work which cannot be
adequately supported directly on gypsum board alone.
3.02 GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
A. PRE-INSTALLATIONCONFERENCE: Meet at project site with installers of related
work and review the coordination and sequencing of work to ensure that everything to
be concealed by gypsum drywall has been accomplished, and that supplementary
framing and blocking and similar provisions have been completed.
B. INSTALL WALL/PARTITION BOARDS vertically to avoid end-butt joints wherever
possible. At high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs.
C. DO NOT INSTALL IMPERFECT, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a
light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1116" open space between boards.
Do not force into place.
D. LOCATE EITHER EDGE OR END JOINT over supports, except in horizontal
applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided
behind end joints. Position boards so that both tapered edge joints abut, and mill-cut or
field-cut end joints abut. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger
vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions.
E. ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD TO FRAMING AND BLOCKING as required for
additional support at openings and cutouts.
F. SPACE FASTENERS in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and
manufacturer's recommendations, except as otherwise indicated.
3.03 METHODS OF GYPSUM DRYWALL APPLICATION:
A. SINGLE-LA YER FASTENING METHODS: Apply gypsum boards to supports
as follows:
1. Fasten to metal studs with screws.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250-4
2. Fasten to wood supports with nails or screws.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES:
A. GENERAL: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as
required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing
or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recomnlendations.
B. INST ALL METAL CORNER BEADS at external comers of drywall work.
C. INSTALL METAL EDGE TRIM whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be
exposed or semi-exposed, and except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with
face flange to receive joint compound. Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted
to other work.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL FINISHING:
A. GENERAL: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim
accessories, penetrations, fasteners, heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to
prepare work for decoration. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, using
type of compound recommended by manufacturer.
1. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessory is
indicated.
2. Apply joint compound in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and
sand between last two coats and after last coat.
3.06 PROTECTION OF WORK:
A. INSTALLER SHALL ADVISE CONTRACTOR of required procedures for protecting
gypsum drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction
period.
END OF SECTION
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250- 5
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of painting work is shown on the drawings and schedules, and as herein
specified.
B. THE WORK INCLUDES painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed items
and surfaces throughout the project, except as otherwise indicated.
C. SURFACE PREPARATION, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to
shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of the work.
D. "PAINT" as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers,
emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other appliedmaterials whether used
as prime, intermediate or finish coats.
E. PAINT ALL EXPOSED SURFACES unless otherwise indicated, whether or not colors
are designated in "schedules", except where the natural finish of the material is
specifically noted as a surface not to be painted. Where items or surfaces are not
specifically mentioned, paint thesc the same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If
color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select these from standard colors
available for the materials systems specified.
1.03 PAINTING NOT INCLUDED:
A. THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES of work are not included as part of the field-
applied finish work, or are included in other sections ofthese specifications.
1. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is
included under the various sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal,
hollow metal work, and similar items.
2. Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when
factory-finishing or installer finishing is specified for such items as (but not
limited to) acoustic materials, architectural woodwork and casework, finished
PAINTING
09900-1
mechanical and electrical equipment including light fixtures, switchgear and
distribution cabinets.
3. Concealed Surfaces; Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on
surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible
areas and pipe spaces.
4. Operating Parts and Labels Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and
electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sensing devices,
motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting.
5. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and
Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or
nomenclature plates.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. PRODUCT LIST:
1. Submit a complete list of products proposed for use at least thirty (30) days prior to
commencement of painting work.
2. Indicate manufacturer, brand name, quality, and type paint for each surface to be
finished.
3. Intent of Contractor to use products specified does not relieve him from
responsibility of submitting product list.
B. SAMPLES: Submit 12" x 12" samples of each color for Architect's review of color and
texture only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of
the Contractor.
1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE:
A. DELIVERALL MATERIALS to the job site in original, new and unopened packages
and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label.
B. PROVIDE LABELS on each container with the following information:
1. Name or title of material.
2. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
3. Manufacturer's name.
4. Contents by volume for major pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instructions.
6. Application instructions.
7. Color name and number.
C. STORE only acceptable painting materials on project site.
1. Store in a lockable area or room, in Contractor's shed or trailer. Do not store in the
building.
2. Comply with health and fue regulations.
PAINTING
09900-2
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. APPLY WATER-BASE PAINTS only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted
and the surrounding air temperatures are between 500F. and 900 F. unless otherwise
permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. APPLY SOLVENT-THINNED PAINTS only when the temperature of surfaces to be
painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 450 F. and 950F unless
otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
C. DO NOT APPL Y PAINT in rain, fog or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds
85%, or to damp or wet surfaces: unless otherwise permitted by the paint
manufacturer's printed instructions.
D. PAINTING may be continued during inclement weather only if the areas and surfaces to
be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by the paint
manufacturer during application and drying periods.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 COLORS AND FINISHES:
A. PAINT COLORS will be as scheduled on the Drawings and selected from the
manufacturer's standard color chips.
1. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review.
2.02 MATERIAL QUALITY:
A. PROVIDE the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly
manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying the
manufacturer's identification as a standard, best-grade product, will not be acceptable.
1. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply
that products of the named manufacturers are required to the exclusion of
equivalent products of other acceptable manufacturers.
B. PROVIDE UNDERCOAT PAINT produced by the same manufacturer as the finish
coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within
recommended limits.
C. REFER TO SECTION 09901 - PAINTING SCHEDULE, for material quality
requirements.
PAINTING
09900-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION:
A. APPLICATOR MUST EXAMINE the areas and conditions under which painting work
is to be applied and notifY the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the
proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Applicator.
1. Starting of painting work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of the
surfaces and conditions within any particular area.
2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions
otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable paint film.
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. GENERAL: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the
paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate
condition.
1. Remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting
fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-
applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if
necessary. for the complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following
completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall the removed items by
workmen skilled in the trades involved.
2. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove
oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so
that contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly-painted
surfaces.
B. CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS: Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete
block and cement plaster to be painted by removing all efflorescence chalk, dust,
dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze.
1. Determine the alkalinity and moisture content of the surfaces to be painted by
performing appropriate tests. If the surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to
cause blistering and burning of the finish paint, correct this condition before
application of paint. Do not paint over surfaces where the moisture content exceed
that permitted in the manufacturer's printed directions.
C. WOOD: Cleanwood surfaces to be painted of all dirt, oil or other foreign substances
withscrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required.
1. Seal tops, bottoms, and cut-outs of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of
varnish or equivalent sealer immediately upon delivery to job.
D. FERROUS METALS: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop-coated,
of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or
mechanical cleaning.
1. Touch-up shop-applied prime coats wherever damaged or base, where required by
PAINTING
09900-4
other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch-up with the same type shop
pnmer.
E. GALVANIZED SURF ACES: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with an
acceptable non-petroleum based solvent.
3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION:
A. MIX AND PREP ARE painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
B. STORE MATERIALS not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain
containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
C. STIR MATERIALS before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir
as required during the application of the materials. Do not stir surface film into the
material. Remove the film and if necessary, strain the material before using.
3.04 APPLICATION:
A. GENERAL: Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use
applicators and techniques best suited for the substrate and type of material being
applied.
1. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through
the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and
appearance. Give special attention to insure that all surfaces, including edges,
comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness
equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
2. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grills, with a flat,
non-specular black paint.
3. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and side edges the same as the exterior
faces, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
B. SCHEDULING PAINTING: Apply the first-coat material to surfaces that have been
cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after
preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.
1. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying.
2. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel
sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and the application of another coat of paint
does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat.
c. MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS: Apply each material at not less than the
manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as
indicated or, if not indicated, of not less than 5.0 mils for the entire coating system if of
3 coat work or not less than 3.5 mils if of2 coat work.
P AINTlNG
09900- 5
D. BRUSH APPLICATION: Brush-out and work all brush coats onto the surfaces in an
even film. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, fUfI-.S, sags, ropiness, or
other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. Neatly draw all glass lines.
1. Brush apply an primer or fIrst coats, unless otherwise permitted to use mechanical
applicators.
E. MECHANICAL APPLICATIONS: Use mechanical methods for paint application only
when permitted by governing ordinances ~l1d trade union regulations. If permitted, limit
to only those surfaces impracticable for brush applications.
1. Limit roller applications (generally) to interior wall and ceiling finishes for second
and third coats. Apply each roller coat to provide the equivalent hiding as brush-
applied.
2. Confine spray application (generally) to metal framework and similar surfaces
where hand brush work would be inferior.
3. Wherever spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the equivalent
hiding of brush-applied coats.
4. Do not double back with spray equipment for the purpose of building up film
thickness of 2 coasts in one pass.
3.05 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION:
A. CLEAN-UP: During the progress of the work, remove from the site all discarded paint
materials, rubbish, cans and rags at the end of each work day.
1. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint-spattered
surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping,
using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces.
B. PROTECTION: Protect work of other trades. whether to be painted or not, against
damage by painting and fInishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or
replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect.
1. Provide "WET PAINT" signs as required to protect newly-painted finishes.
Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their
work, after completion of painting operations.
2. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or
defaced painted surfaces.
END OF SECTION
PAINTING
09900-6
SECTION 09901
PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. SURFACES shall be painted with the type paints and number of coats as hereinafter
scheduled.
B. PROVIDE FIRST LINE PAINTS OF MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED BELOW:
1. Pratt & Lambert
2. Benjamin Moore Company
3. Devoe
4. Sherwin Williams
5. Glidden
C. PROVIDE FIRST LINE STAINS OF MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED BELOW:
1. Olympic
2. Cabots
3. Devoe
4. Pratt & Lambert
EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS (EPS):
CONCRETE. STUCCO, AND MASONRY: (Other than concrete masonry units).
EPS-l: 2-COAT ACRYLIC FINISH (LUSTERLESS-FLAT)
1 st Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
2nd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS:
EPS-4: 2-COAT ACRYLIC EMULSION (LUSTERLESS-FLAT) OVER FILLER
COAT
1 st Coat - Surface filler.
2nd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
3rd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness, excluding first coat.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
09901-1
CURB & PAVEMENT PAINT:
EPS-5: 2-COAT CHLORINATED RUBBER-ALKYD, FS TT-P-115, TYPE III.
1 st Coat
2nd Coat
ASBESTOS CEMENT
EPS-6: 2-COAT (FLAT) FINISH OVER PRIMER
1 st Coat - Primer undercoat.
2nd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
3rd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
Not less than 3.5 mils dry film thickness.
GENERAL PAINTED WOOD:
EPS-7: 2-COAT ALKYD (GLOSS) FINISH OVER PRIMER
1 st Coat - Primer undercoat.
2nd Coat - Exterior alkyd enamel.
3rd Coat - Exterior alkyd enanlel.
Not less than 3.5 mils dry film thickness.
EPS-8: 2-COAT (LOW LUSTER) FINISH OVER PRIMER
1 st Coat - Primer undercoat.
2nd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
3rd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
PAINTED WOOD TRIM:
EPS-9: ALKYD (FULL GLOSS) FOR DEEP COLORS
1 st Coat - Primer undercoat.
2nd Coat - Alkyd trim enamel.
3rd Coat - Alkyd trim enamel.
PAINTED WOOD SHAKES AND ROUGH SIDING:
EPS-lO: 2-COA T SELF-PRIMING ALKYD-OIL (LOW LUSTER) FINISH
1 st Coat - Alkyd-oil paint.
2nd Coat - Alkyd-oil paint.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
09901-2
PAINTED PLYWOOD:
EPS-l1: 2-COAT (FLAT) .FINISH OVER PRIMER
1 st Coat - Surface sealer.
2nd Coat - Primer undercoat.
3rd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
4th Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
STAINED WOOD:
EPS-12: STAINED VARNISH (FULL GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Exterior oil stain.
2nd Coat - Exterior spar varnish.
3rd Coat - Exterior spar varnish.
4th Coat - Exterior spar varnish.
Fill open grained wood with filler and wipe before first
varnish coat.
EPS-13: STAIN (FLAT), NO FINISH COATS
1st Coat - Exterior Latex Stain (solid color).
NATURAL FINISH WOOD:
EPS-14: VARNISH (FULL-GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Exterior spar varnish.
2nd Coat -Exterior spar varnish.
3rd Coat - Exterior spar varnish.
Fill open grained wood with filler and wipe before first varnish coat.
FERROUS METAL:
EPS-15: ALKYD (FULL GLOSS) ENAMEL
1 st Coat - Red lead pigmented primer
2nd Coat - High gloss alkyd enamel.
3rd Coat - High gloss alkyd enamel.
First coat not required on items delivered shop primed.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
09901-3
EPS-16: ALKYD (SEMI-GLOSS) ENAMEL:
1 st Coat - Red lead pigmented primer.
2nd Coat - Semi-gloss alkyd enamel.
3rd Coat - Semi-gloss alkyd enamel.
First coat not required on items delivered shop primer.
EPS-17: ALKYD (LUSTERLESS-FLAT) ENAMEL
1 st Coat - Red lead pigmented primer.
2nd Coat - Lusterless alkyd enamel.
3rd Coat - Lusterless alkyd enamel
First coat not required on items delivered shop primed.
EPS-18: ALKYD TRIM ENAMEL (GLOSS) DEEP COLORS
1st Coat - Zinc-yellow iron oxide primer.
2nd Coat - Alkyd gloss enamel.
3rd Coat - Alkyd gloss enamel.
First coat not required on items delivered shop primed.
EPS-19: SILICONE-ALKYD (SEMI-GLOSS) FINISH
1st Coat - Zinc chromate alkyd primer.
2nd Coat - Semi-gloss silicone alkyd enamel.
3rd Coat - Semi-gloss silicone alkyd enamel.
ZINC COATED METAL:
EPS-20: ALKYD ENAMEL (FULL-GLOSS) FINISH
1st Coat - Zinc dust-zinc oxide primer.
2nd Coat - High gloss alkyd enamel.
3rd Coat - High gloss alkyd enamel.
First coat not required on items delivered shop primed.
ALUMINUM:
EPS-21: ALKYD ENAMEL (FULL-GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Zinc chromate primer.
2nd Coat - High gloss alkyd enamel.
3rd Coat - High gloss alkyd enamel.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
09901-4
INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS (IPS):
CONCRETE AND MASONRY: (Other than concrete masonry units)
IPS-I: 2-COAT LUSTERLESS (FLAT) FINISH
1 st Coat - interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
IPS-2: ENAMEL (SEMI-GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Interior enamel undercoat.
3rd Cot - Interior enamel, semi-gloss.
Not less than 3.5 mils total dry film thickness.
IPS-3: 2-COAT (LUSTERLESS-FLAT) FINISH
1 st Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
2nd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
IPS-4: (SEMI-GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
3rd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
Not less than 4.0 mils dry film thickness.
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS:
IPS-5: EMULSION (LUSTERLESS-FLAT) OVER FILLED CMU SURF ACE
1st Coat - Surface filler.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
3rd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
Apply filler coat at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled.
IPS-6: ALKYD ENAMEL (SEMI-GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Surface filler.
2nd Coat - Enamel undercoater.
3rd Coat - Semi-gloss alkyd enamel.
Apply filler coat at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled.
Not less than 3.5 mils dry film thickness, excluding first coat.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
09901-5
IPS- 7: ("TILE- LIKE") FINISH
1st Coat - Surface filler.
2nd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
3rd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
Apply filler coat at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled and
with a smooth monolithic finish. Not less than 4.0 miles dry film thickness,
excluding first coat.
MASONRY: (Other than concrete and concrete masonry units).
IPS-8: ("TILE-LIKE") FINISH
1st Coat - Shellac-pigmented primer.
2nd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
3rd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
Not less than 4.0 mils dry film thickness, excluding
first coat.
ASBESTOS CEMENT:
IPS-9: 2-COAT (FLAT) FINISH
I st Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS:
IPS-I0: 2-COAT (FLAT) FINISH
1st Coat - Latex primer.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
IPS-II: ALKYD (SEMI-GLOSS) ODORLESS:
1 st Coat - Latex primer.
2nd Coat - Alkyd enamel
3 rd Coat - Alkyd enamel.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
IPS-12: ("TILE-LIKE") FINISH
1 st Coat - Latex primer.
2nd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
3rd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
Not less than 4.0 mils dry film thickness.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
09901-6
PLASTER:
IPS-13: 2-COAT (FLAT) FINISH:
I st Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
IPS-14: 2-COAT (FLAT) FINISH
1 st Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
2nd Coat - Acrylic emulsion.
IPS-IS: ENAMEL (SEMI-GLOSS)
1 st Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Enamel undercoat.
3rd Coat - Odorless alkyd enamel.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
IPS-16: ENAMEL (FULL GLOSS)
1 st Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Enamel undercoat.
3rd Coat - Gloss enamel.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
IPS-17: ("TILE-LIKE") FINISH
I st Coat - Latex primer.
2nd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
3rd Coat - Polyester epoxy.
ACOUSTICAL PLASTER:
IPS-18: 2-COAT (FLAT) FINISH
1 st Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
P AINTlNG SCHEDULE
09901-7
FERROUS METAL:
IPS-19: (FLAT) FINISH
1 st Coat - Red lead primer.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
3rd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
First coat not required on items that are shop primer.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
IPS-20: (SEMI-GLOSS) FINISH
I st Coat - Red lead primer.
2nd Coat - Enamel undercoater.
3rd Coat - Semi-gloss enamel.
First coat not required on items that are shop primed.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
IPS-21: (FULL GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Red lead primer.
2nd Coat - Enamel undercoater.
3rd Coat - Gloss enamel.
First coat not required on items that are shop primed.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
ZINC COATED METAL:
IPS-22: (FLAT) FINISH
1 st Coat - Zinc dust-zinc oxide primer.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
3rd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
IPS-23: (SEMI-GLOSS) FINISH
1st Coat - Zinc dust-zinc oxide primer.
2nd Coat - Enamel undercoat.
3rd Coat - Semi-gloss enamel.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
IPS-24: (FULL-GLOSS) FINISH
1st Coat - Zinc dust-zinc oxide primer.
2nd Coat - Enamel undercoat.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
09901-8
3rd Coat - Gloss enamel.
Not less than 2.5 mils dry film thickness.
PAINTED WOODWORK AND HARDBOARD:
IPS-25: 3-COAT (SEMI-GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Enamel undercoat.
2nd Coat - Semi-gloss enamel.
3rd Coat - Semi-gloss enamel.
IPS-26: 3-COA T (FULL GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Enamel undercoat.
2nd Coat - Gloss enamel.
3rd Coat - Gloss enamel.
STAINED WOODWORK:
IPS-27: STAIN - VARNISH (SATIN) FINISH
1 st Coat - Compatible interior stain.
2nd Coat - Urethane varnish.
3rd Coat - Urethane varnish.
Fill open grained wood with filler and wipe before fust
varnish coat.
NATURAL FINISH WOODWORK:
IPS-29: VARNISH (RUBBED) FINISH
1 st Coat - Bleached shellac.
2nd Coat - Rubbing varnish.
3rd Coat - Rubbing varnish.
Fill open grained wood with filler and wipe before fust varnish coat.
CONCRETE FLOOR:
IPS-31: PIGMENTED POLYURETHANE (FULL GLOSS) FINISH
1 st Coat - Concrete conditioner.
2nd Coat - Polyurethane coating.
3rd Coat - Polyurethane coating.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
0990] -9
WOOD FLOORS:
IPS-32: CLEAR POLYURETHANE (FULL-GLOSS) FINISH.
1 st Coat - Stain and filler as indicated.
2nd Coat - Clear polyurethane.
3rd Coat - Clear polyurethane.
COTTON OR CANVAS COVERING OVER INSULATION:
IPS-33: LATEX EMULSION "SIZE" (FLAT)
1st (Size Coat) - Interior latex emulsion.
2nd Coat - Interior latex emulsion.
Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew-proof
END OF SECTION
PAINTING SCHEDULE
09901-10
SECTTON 15500
AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
DRA WINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK:
A. THE EXTENT of the mechanical work is indicated on the Drawings.
B. IN GENERAL, the work consists of but is not limited to the following:
1. Air Conditioning and heating units.
2. Ceiling exhaust fans.
3. Grilles, registers and diffusers.
4. Controls.
5. Ductwork.
6. Flashing.
7. Electric heaters.
1.03 RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION:
A. ELECTRICAL WIRING, including control wiring, starters and disconnects are
specified in Section 16000 Electrical.
1.04 SUBMITTAL DATA:
A. SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT for approval in accordance with Section 01340, copies
of the equipment brochures, technical data and/or shop drawings ofthe following:
1. Air Conditioning and heating units.
2. Ceiling exhaust fans.
3. Grilles, registers and diffusers.
4. Controls.
5. Insulation.
6. Electric heaters.
7. Dampers.
AIR CONDITIONING. REA TlNG AND VENTILATING
15500-1
1.05 NOISE AND VIBRATION:
EQUIPMENT SHALL OPERATE quietly and the design ofthe base shall be such that
the operation of the equipment shall cause no perceptive vibration in the flooring
adjacent to the equipment, nor cause, directly or indirectly, vibration or objectional
noise in any other portion of the building and/or in the building structure itself
1.06 FLASHING:
A. ALL SPECIAL FLASHING required for penetration of roof surfaces by HV AC vents,
pipes, etc. shall be furnished by this contractor for installation by roofing contractor.
Flashing shall be in accordance with the Roofmg Section of the Specifications, unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
1.07 FOUNDATIONS:
A. FURNISH ALL FOUNDATIONS for equipment covered in this Specification, as a part
of this Section. unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
1.08 MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND INSTRUCTIONS:
A. FURNISH 2 SETS of complete operating instructions covering entire heating,
ventilating and air conditioning system. Include a copy- of the Control Diagrams and a
complete description of the operation of the Control System. Instruct designated
representative in proper operation and care of system.
1.09 WARRANTIES:
A. FURNISH a 5 year warranty onall compressors and a one year service (including labor)
and guarantee on all controls, equipment and material.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SHEET METAL WORK: (See Para. 2.03 for optional fibrous glass duct.)
A. SUPPLY SHEET METAL WORK in the heating, air conditioning and/or ventilation
systems in accordance with ASHRAE Standards.
B. ROVIDE OFFSETS, elbows and transformations in ductwork where necessary, whether
or not shown.
C. CONSTRUCT ductwork of galvanized sheet steel.
D. USE WEIGHTS, bracing, joints and all details m accordance with ASHRAE
recommendations.
AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500-2
E. RECTANGULAR ducts over 12~ wide shall be cross broken except where ductwork is
to be insulated.
F. MAKE INTERIOR of ducts smoothand Jomts air tight. Where necessary to insure
tightness, caulk joints. Make the entire installation rigid with ductwork free from rattles
and air noises when in operation.
G. MAKE ELBOWS with inside radius equal to the width of the duct except where
otherwise specified or necessitated by unavoidable space conditions. Where inside
radius is less than three-fourths the duct width, multiple turning vans shall be provided.
Provide square elbows with Tuttle and Bailey "Ductums" or Barber-Colman "Airtums".
H. INCLUDED angle of divergence for enlargement is not to exceed 150 where space
conditions permit. Included ANGLE OF CONVERGENCE for contracting is not to
exceed 300.
1. PROVIDE flexible duct connections in ducts as indicated; make with woven fiberglass
cloth collars not less than 2" long. Secure fiberglass cloth to the duct and fan
connections by galvanized channels. Provide a braided copper bridge strap across
flexible connections.
J. INSTALL REGISTERS, grilles and diffusers as indicated.
K. SUPPLY Barber-ColmanCo. "Deflectrols", or Tuttle & Bailey "Santrols" with all
diffusers, registers and where otherwise indicated.
L. WHERE EXHAUST REGISTERS open from the same duct into two or more rooms,
they must be offset or baffled to prevent transmission of light or sound.
M. DIMENSIONS indicated on drawings are free area. Where ducts are lined, increase
dimensions to accommodate insulation thickness.
2.02 FLEXIBLE DUCT:
A. THERMALL Y INSULA TED flexible duct tested and classified by Underwriters'
Laboratories, Inc. as Class 1 Air Duct, and labeled in accordance with UL 181
"Standards for Air Ducts".
2.03 FIBROUS GLASS DUCT optional in lieu of sheet metal duct):
A. DUCT BOARD must be in compliance with NFP A 90A and labeled UL 181, Class 1.
1. Thickness: 1 inch.
2. Thermal Conductance (k): 0.23 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature.
3. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) 0.70 per ASTM C 423-66T with #6 mounting.
4. Manufacturer/Type: Manville Type 475 with HDF facing Micro-Aire Duct Board
AIR CONDITIONING. REA TING AND VENTILATING
15500-3
or approved equivalent.
B. FABRICATE fibrous glass duct in accordance with SMACNA and manufacturer's
fabrication manual.
2.04 MANUAL DAMPERS:
A. PROVIDE MANUAL louver dampers where shown on the Drawings and where
necessary for the proper regulation of the air handling system, and so locate as to be
accessible after the building is completed, i.e., by removing a marked tile, access panel
or other approved method. Dampers shall be Air Balance No. 116, or approved
equivalent.
B. MANUAL LOUVER dampers shall have rigid channel frames; #16 U.S. gauge
galvanized blades not over 10" wide; bronze sleeve bearings and interlinkage.
C. WHERE LOUVER dampers or splitter dampers are located in concealed ducts, provide
with model 301, 302, 900 or 914 operators, as required. Manufacturer: Young
Regulator Company or approved equivalent.
D. FOR ALL OTHER manual dampers, provide a hand lever with a quadrant and set screw.
Provide bearings at both ends of the shaft. Clearly mark all damper operators to indicate
"open" and "closed" positions. Mark outside air dampers to show outside air settings.
2.05 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS (Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings):
A. PATTERN, arrangement and size indicated on the Drawings are Titus. Tuttle & Bailey
or Barber-Colman of equivalent appearance and performance will be acceptable.
Performance shall be certified by Air Diffusion Council.
B. DIFFUSERS: Titus TDC-S4, with V.C.D. and air deflectors.
C. RETURN AIR GRILLES: Titus TH50 aluminum.
D. DOOR GRILLES: Titus CT-700-BF aluminum.
2.06 DUCT INSULATION:
A. INSULA TE all sheet metal supply and return ducts with 2" foil-Faced flexible
fiberglass. Apply insulation as per manufacturer's instructions. All joints shall be taped
and sealed.
2.07 BOLTS, INSETS, SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS:
A. INSTALL INSERTS, bolts, expansion shields, beam clamps and hangers for supporting
pipes, ducts, etc. Where placed in new slabs, cooperate in placement before slab is
AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500-4
poured. Bean clamps, hangers, etc; Grinnel or approved equivalent.
B. INSTALL sleeves where pipes pass through walls or floors. Sleeves: Preformed VC
galvanized steel or wrought iron pipe. Cut sleeves passing through walls and floors
above grade flush with the wall. Install sleeves of sufficient diameter to allow for
expansion and contraction and pipe covering.
C. INSTALL SLEEVES passing through floor slabs of sufficient size to allow for packing
with Oakum and pouring with hot tar.
D. SLEEVE INSTALLATION shall comply with the regulations of the National Board of
Fire Underwriters, with National Fire Protection Association, or local authority.
E. PROVIDE nickle plated, cast iron escutcheons where pipes pass through floors, ceiling
or walls in finished areas.
2.08 MOTORS:
A. MOTORS for all equipmentcovered by this Section of the Specifications shall be
furnished and installed by this Contractor.
B. MOTOR H.P., voltage, etc. as indicated on the Drawings.
C. OPEN FRAME MOTORS shall be rated on a 400 C. temperature rise basis: totally
enclosed motor shall be rated on a 550 C. temperature rise basis. The load to which each
motor is connected shall not cause the motor running current to exceed the nameplate
amperage.
D. MOTORS: Induction type of design suited to the service for which they are used unless
otherwise specified.
E. MOTORS: General Electric, or approved equivalent.
2.09 CEILING EXHAUST FANS:
A. AS INDICATED, or approved equivalent.
2.10 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS:
A. TRANE or Carrier. Compressors shall have 5 year warranty. Provide roof curb,
thermostat, down-flow section, two sets of filters, and low-ambient down to 200 F.
Furnish roof mounted units complete with factory fabricated roof curbs.
2.11 ELECTRIC HEATERS:
A. PROVIDE electric heaters as indicated on the Drawings.
AIR CONDITIONING, REA TlNG AND VENTILATING
15500-5
B. HEATERS SHALL BE COMPLETE with terminal block, control contactors, automatic
reset hi-limit, manual reset hi-limit, fuse blocks and back-up contactors. All components
shall be in metal enclose and factory wired.
C. HEATERS SHALL HAVE maximum of 48 amps per circuit and each such circuit shall
be provided with fuse block and back-up contactor. Back-up contactor shall break all
underground lines, shall be operated by the manual reset-hi-limit thermostat and shall
override all other safety controls.
D. HEATERS SHALL BE U.L. labeled and shall meet national and local electrical codes.
Heaters shall be full area of duct.
E. HEATERS SHALL BE as manufactured by Electric Heaters, Inc., or equivalent ILG,
Tennessee Plastics, or Valley Industries, Inc.
2.12 CONTROLS:
A. AS SPECIFIED on the Drawings and furnished with air conditioning and heating units.
2.13 PIPE CURB ASSEMBLIES & EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A. AS SPECIFIED in Section 07800.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DUCTWORK:
A. INSTALL in accordance with SMACNA and manufacturer's recommendations.
B. INST ALLA TION SHALL BE rigid and ductwork free from rattles and air noise when
in operation.
C. FLEXIBLE DUCT:
1.. Install only where indicated.
2. Install in fully extended condition free of sags or kinks. using only minimum
length required to make connection. Bend greater than 90 degrees not allowed.
3. Do not exceed 12 feet in length from supply air duct.
3.02 SUPERVISION OF ELECTRICAL WORK:
A. THIS CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for supervision of all wiring (including
control wiring) of equipment included in this Section and shall furnish all necessary
diagrams required, including control wiring diagrams.
AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500-6
3.03 PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC.:
A. ENTIRE INSTALLATION shall be in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications
and applicable requirements of the manufacturers of the equipment and shall perform
satisfactorily at the completion of the work.
B. ALL PENETRATIONS of roof by piping shall be made through pipe curb assemblies or
within roof mounted equipment factory fabricated curbs.
C. ALL MECHANICAL equipment located on the roof, including AlC units and
refrigeration condensing units (if any), both Contractor and Owner supplied, shall be
installed on factory fabricated curbs, prefabricated equipment support units or
combination equipment basis, as appropriate.
3.04 PAINTING:
A. EXCEPT as specified herein, all pamtmg will be done under other sections of
specifications. Leave work free from rust, dirt, grease and plaster.
B. EQUIPMENT with factory applied finish shall have scratches, chips. etc. primed and
touched-up with materials which will protect the surface and match adjacent areas.
3.05 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS;
A. UPON COMPLETION of work, clean, oil and grease all fans, motors, other running
equipment and apparatus and make certain that all such apparatus and mechanisms are
in proper working order and made ready for test.
3.06 TEST AND BALANCE:
A. EACH SYSTEM shall be balanced to assure design performance. After final installation
of all equipment, a complete test and balance shall be performed on all air distribution.
B. FURNISH a letter from equipment manufacturer that all controls have been checked for
operation and calibration and that the system is operating as intended.
C. PROVIDE a certified air balance report for system, performed by a member of
Associate Air Balance Council.
END OF SECTION
AIR CONDiTIONING, HEATING AND VENTILATING
15500-7
SECTION 16000
ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAl PROVISIONS of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. FURNISH ALL LABOR, materials, equipment and accessories necessary to install a
complete and properly operating electrical system which includes all electrical work as
indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. EXTEND SERVICE from the point of service attachment, furnishing all protective
devices, starters, conductors, supports, raceways, pipe curbs, etc. to provide complete
interior and exterior electrical systems to serve motor loads, lighting loads and
miscellaneous electrical loads.
1.03 SERVICE:
A. PERMANENT electrical service and metering will be supplied by the local utility
company at voltage indicated on the Drawings.
1.04 CODES:
A. COMPL Y with the requirements of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code,
and applicable rules and regulations of local and state laws and ordinances.
1.05 SUBMITTALS:
A. SUBMIT a list of principal material items, giving manufacturers names and catalog
numbers. Approval of the list shall be obtained from the Architect before orders are
placed. Submit shop drawings for panelboards. Submit catalog cut sheets of all lighting
fixtures.
B. SUBMIT in accordance with Section 01340.
1.06 BALLAST WARRANTY:
A. PROVIDE WRITTEN WARRANTY to the Owner stating that any ballast that becomes
ELECTRICAL
16000-1
defective within a period of 2 years from the date of substantial completion shall be
replaced at no cost to the Owner for labor or materials.
B. WARRANTY MUST BE SIGNED by the General Contractor and Electrical
Subcontractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL:
A. IN GENERAL, materials and apparatus shall comply with applicable tests, ratings,
specifications, and requirements of the IEEE and NEMA and shall bear the approved
device label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
2.02 CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES:
A. UNLESS OTHERWISE indicated, branch circuit protective device enclosures shall be
NEMA Type 1, general purpose type. Circuit protective devices installed outdoors or
exposed to the weather shall have weatherproof enclosures, NEMA Type 3R or Type 4.
2.03 P ANELBOARDS:
A. P ANELBOARDS shall be dead front safety type. The bus size, thenumber of branch
circuits, their ampere rating and number of poles, etc., for each panelboard is noted on
the Drawings. Solderless lugs, or connectors shall be provided on mains, on the load
side of each branch circuit, and on neutral bars. All busses shall be 98%conductivity
copper, except main switchboards may have aluminum bus bars, if called for on the
Drawings. Cabinets shall be fabricated of code gauge sheet steel and shall be galvanized
orcadmium plated inside and out. Fronts shall be sheet steel with a grey paint finish over
a rust inhibitive primer. Doorsshall be hinged and shall be equipped with suitable
latches.
B. P ANELBOARDS shall be connected in a manner to equally distribute phase loads, with
circuit numbering as indicated on the Drawings. Panel boards shall have a typewritten
circuit directory card mounted in a frame with plastic cover mounted on the inside of
the door.
C. P ANELBOARDS which have branches that will serve as normal switching means for
area lighting shall be equipped with handle protective devices on all breakers which
serve lighting circuits with local switches, receptacles, appliances, water coolers, and
similar non-lighting loads to prevent inadvertent interruption of these services when
switching lighting. Handle protective devices shall be the non-padlocking type
especially designed for this use and shall be suitably fastened in place.
D. CIRCUIT BREAKERS for panelboards shall be molded plastic case type. Breakers
shall have thennal-magnetic trip units and multi-pole breakers shall have a common trip
ELECTRICAL
16000-2
unit so that the tripping of one pole will automatically trip all poles of each breaker.
Breakers shall be trip-free and trip-indicating and shall have quick-make, quick-break
contacts. Circuit breakers shall be as manufactured by General Electric, LT.E., Square
D or Westinghouse.
E. LIGHTING AND POWER P ANELBOARDS: General Electric, LT.E., Square D or
Westinghouse.
2.04 SAFETY SWITCHES:
A. SAFETY SWITCHES shall be general-duty type, NEMA Type "GD". Switch
mechanism shall be quick-make, quick-break. Cover shall be interlocked with
mechanism to prevent opening unless switch is in the "OFF" position. Enclosures shall
be "bonderized" or equal, and primed and [mished to resist rusting and corrosion.
Switches shall be General Electric, LT.E., or Westinghouse.
2.05 FUSES:
A. FUSES for safety switches shall be standard National Electrical Code cartridge type,
unless otherwise indicated. Furnish and install proper size fuses where required for all
fusible equipment. Provide dual element fuses for all motors.
2.06 RACEWAYS AND FITIINGS:
A. RIGID CONDUIT: Hot dip galvanized, inside and out and on the threads. Prior to
galvanizing, surfaces shall be cleaned and prepared for zinc coating. Surplus zinc
adhering to the threads shall be removed, after which conduit shall be dipped in a
chromic acid or clear enamel lacquer bath, and then baked. Furnish in 10 foot lengths,
with one made up coupling per length, Standard Taper Pipe threads on each end.
B. EMT: Galvanized, electrical metallic tubing, furnishing in 10 foot lengths, marked and
conforming in all respects to UL and NEMA standards.
C. FLEXIBLE METALLIC RACEWAY: Use Sealtite liquid tight flexible metallic
raceway for all connections to rotating or vibrating equipment, in lengths not to exceed 6
feet.
D. PVC: Use EPC-40 polyvinyl chloride raceway for all encased work, under-ground work
or work under slabs on grade. Raceways shall be furnished in 10 foot lengths and shall
conform to all applicable UL and NEMA Standards. Turn through slab with rigid steel.
Pull additional bond wire ifPVC is used.
2.07 BOXES:
A. CEILING outlet boxes shall be 4-11/16" square, 2-1/8" deep for exposed work or furred
ceiling work, and 3 inches deep for concrete work. All boxes for concrete work shall
ELECTRICAL
16000-3
be of the type especially designed for this construction. Plaster rings and/or fixture
studs shall be provided where required.
B. FLUSH MOUNTED wall outlets shall be 4 inch square boxes or gang boxes, not less
than 1-112 deep. Boxes shall be provided with extension rings and/or covers with
sufficient depth to bring the covers flush with the finish wall.
C. BOXES for flush mounting in exposed concrete block or tile work with one or two
devices shall have covers with square comers on the raised portion of the cover. The
covers shall have a sufficient amount of depth to be flush with the face of the block or
tile. Covers shall be Steel City 52-C series. Boxes for more than two devices shall be
Steel City "GW" gang boxes.
D. WALL PLATES for flush mounted wall boxes shall be 0.10 inch plastic of the
"Uniline"design. Plates shall be non-conducting, non-combustible material in ivory
color, Bryant 92000 series or equivalent.
E. OUTLET BOXES for exposed wall mounting and outdoor installation shall be cast
metal type "ES" or "FD" boxes with suitable galvanized sheet steel covers.
F. FLOOR OUTLET BOXES shall be round, watertight cast metal type with fully
adjustable tops. Floor plates shall finish flush with the finished floor surface. The exact
location of boxes shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Boxes shall be Steel City 600
series with aluminum floor plates or equivalent. Receptacle outlets shall be catalog No.
SFH-40 with one duplex receptacle as specified in Paragraph B-6. Telephone outlets
shall be catalog No. SFL-I0.
2.08 CONDUCTORS:
A. ALL CONDUCTORS shall be copper, shall conform to applicable ASTM
specifications as to conductivity, and shall be free from kinks and defects when
installed. Stranding shall be IPCEA Standard. Conductors No. lOA WC and smaller
shall be solid and all others stranded.
2.09 CONDUCTOR INSULATIONS:
A. UNLESS otherwise indicated herein or on the Drawings, all branch circuit conducts
shall have a moisture resistant thermoplastic insulation, Underwriters' Type
THWN/THHN.
B. FOR FEEDER and for conductors #8 A WG and larger, the conductors shall have a
moisture and heat resistant thermoplastic insulation, Underwriters' Type
THWN/THHN.
C. FIXTURE WIRE shall be Type THHN, extended from fixture to fixture through the
fixture channel, unless more stringent methods are required by local code or ordinance.
ELECTRICAL
16000-4
2.10 WIRING DEVICES
A. RECEPTACLES: All receptacles shall be 20 ampere, 125 volt, grounding type with
ground connection made through an extra pole which shall be permanently connected to
the raceway system.
B. TUMBLER SWITCHES: Local tumbler switches shall be of the type as indicated on
the Drawings, rated 20 amperes at 120 volts or 20 amperes at 277 volts, Underwriters'
approved without de-rating for tungsten lamp loads or inductive loads.
2.11 LIGHTING FIXTURES:
A. FURNISH COMPLETE in all respects all lighting fixtures indicated on the Drawings.
Verify the ceiling finishes and suspension systems for selection of the proper type trim
and support arrangements of the fixtures.
2.12 BALLASTS:
A. BALLASTS for fluorescent lamps shall be rapid start, high power factor type and shall
bear the CBM and UL labels.
B. ALL BALLASTS shall be individually fused and shall be equipped with internal
thermal protection. Fuses shall be installed on the line side of the ballasts and shall be
sized to prevent overheating in event of lamp or ballast failure.
2.13 LAMPS:
A. FLUORESCENT LAMPS shall be of one manufacture and shall be as indicated on the
Drawings.
B. INCANDESCENT LAMPS shall be 130 volt, general purpose type with brass base.
C. LAMPS shall be manufactured by General Electric, Syvania or Westinghouse.
2.14 PIPE CURB ASSEMBLIES:
A. PROVIDE pipe curb assemblies or pipe seals specified in Section 07800, for all conduit
penetrations through the roof.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES:
A. UNLESS otherwise indicated, protective devices shall be mounted with top of cabinet
or enclosure 6'-6" above [mished floor, properly aligned and adequately supported
ELECTRICAL
16000-5
independently of the connecting raceways. All steel shapes, etc., necessary for the
support of the equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor where the
building structure is not suitable for mounting the equipment directly thereon.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS
A. RIGID CONDUIT: Cut all conduit square, ream smooth and thread properly to receive
couplings or fittings. Fit all raceway ends at cabinets, panels, pull boxes, outlet boxes,
fixtures, etc. with approved locknuts and bushings. Make up joints with white lead
applied to the male threads only. On galvanized conduit which has been field cut and
threaded, protect ends and threads with "ZRC" compound, applied in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. EMT: Cut all raceways square and ream smooth. Connect to couplings or fittings with
indenter type connections, using not less than 3 indents per connection. Use proper
adapter fittings at all boxes, panels, pull boxes, etc., together with approved bushings.
C. PVC: Cut raceways square, deburr ends, and wipe clean of dust, dirt and plastic
shavings. Wipe raceway end clean and dry, and apply a full, even coat of approved PVC
cement, covering the area to be inserted in the socket. Firmly push raceway and fitting
together, and rotate to distribute the cement evenly. Avoid cement build-up inside
raceway. Wipe joint to remove excess cement and let dry at room temperature. Provide
socketmale adapter fittings at all boxes, pull boxes, panels, etc., together with approved
bushings.
D. CONCEAL all raceways, except as specifically indicated on the Drawings. Run
exposed raceways, where permitted, parallel and perpendicular to the building lines and
to each other. Offset raceways where entering boxes or outlets and run flat against
surfaces.
E. DURING CONSTRUCTION, cap all open conduit ends, using T & B #1460 Series
capped bushings. Seal all underground raceways to exclude moisture. Cap all empty
raceways that do not terminate in a covered box, cabinet, or similar enclosure. Route
raceways to avoid trapped runs, or make provision to drain moisture by installing
approved drains or breathers. Install seals on raceways entering air conditioning plenum
chambers.
F. COAT ALL UNDERGROUND steel raceways with Koppers #50 Bitumastic before
backfilling. Apply direct from the container without dilution.
G. INSTALL approved expansion fittings where raceways cross building expansion joints.
H. FURNISH ALL CONDUIT stub-ups into panels, boxes, equipment housings,
equipment bases and lighting standards with insulating grounding type bushings, Steel
City Type GB. Furnish Steel City Type Bi bushings for all other conduit terminations.
ELECTRICAL
16000-6
I. INSTALL #12 A WG galvanized pull-wire in all empty raceways.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES:
A. SYMBOLS on Drawings are approximate locations only. The Architect reserves the
right to make minor changes in location prior to roughing, without extra cost to the
Owner. Properly center outlets with respect to the architectural feature of the buildings.
Locate outlet boxes for switches at the lock side of doors.
B. SET ALL BOXES securely in position, mounted so that covers or plates will mount
flush with the [mished construction. Furnish and install extension or plaster rings where
required, and to avoid additional raceway offsets.
c. SAW CUT OPENINGS in concrete block or masonry walls with an opening tolerance
of 118" on all sides, with the bottom of the opening at the masonry joint nearest to the
dimensions indicated.
D. UNLESS SPECIFIC ALL Y indicated otherwise, mount all outlets at the following
heights above finished floor, measured to the center of the box:
1. Switches -48".
2. Receptacles .12".
3. Bracket Lights 90".
3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS:
A. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, all branch circuit conducts shall be No. 12 A WG.
Any branch circuit run over 100 feet in length of the circuit to the panel, shall be No. 10
A WG to the first outlet.
B. SPLICES, taps and attachment fittings and lugs shall be electrically and mechanically
secure and solderless lugs and connectors shall be used. Lugs shall be used for
conductors sizes No.8 A WG and larger. Provide sufficient slack cable in boxes, outlets
and cabinets to ensure that there is no binding at the bushings. All lugs shall be of the
correct sizes for the conductors joined and in no case shall strands be cut from a
conductor in order to fit the conductor into a lug. Taping of joints shall be with vinyl
plastic electrical tape to secure insulation strength equal to that of the conductors joined.
C. ALL CONDUCTORS shall be color coded as required by the NEC and further
identified and coded as specified hereinafter. Color coding shall be by means of colored
insulating material, colored braid of jacket over the insulation or means of suitable
colored, permanent non-aging, insulating tape applied to conductors at each outlet,
cabinet or junction point. The color coding shall be accomplished as the conductors are
installed. The following system of color coding shall be strictly adhered to: (l) Ground
leads, green; (2) grounding neutral leads, white; (3) ungrounded phase wire, black, red,
and blue. The color code assigned to each phase wire shall be consistently followed
throughout.
ELECTRICAL
16000- 7
3.05 GROUNDING:
A. THE INTERIOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS shall be completely and effectively
grounded as required by the NEC and as specified hereinafter. Only a direct connection
with copper wire to either or both of the following will be considered as a "direct"
ground:
1. A I-inch or larger mechanically and electrically continuous, underground, iron or
steel cold water line.
2. Two 5/8" diameter, copper weld rod 10 feet long, driven vertically into the ground.
All ground connections, where buried or otherwise inaccessible, shall be brazed or
welded.
B. ALL MET ALLIC RACEWAYS shall be mechanically and electrically secure at all
joints and at all boxes, cabinets, fittings, and equipment. Metallic raceways shall be
connected to a direct ground at the point of electrical service entrance and shall be
electrically continuous throughout the entire system.
C. EQUIPMENT CONNECTED to the conduit system by a section of flexible conduit
shall have a full size, but not larger than No. 3/0, grounding shunt installed as described
in Paragraph 3.07.C.
D. A NO.6 ground lead, connected to a direct ground, shall be terminated in the telephone
cabinet.
3 .06 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES:
A. ALL FIXTURES shall be properly and carefully supported and aligned. Furnish and
install all necessary steel shapes, etc., for support of fixtures as required and/or detailed
on the Drawings. Lighting fixtures shall be clean and lamped with new lamps at the
time of fmal inspection, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. All fixtures in
plaster ceilings shall be installed with a plaster frame. Unless otherwise noted, mounting
height for fixtures are from the fmished floor to the bottom of the fixture for pendant
mounted fixtures, and to the bottom of the outlet box or recessed back box for wall
mounted fixtures.
3.07 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
A. ALL EQUIPMENT shown on the Drawings which is furnished under other sections of
these Specifications and by others shall be connected under this section. This equipment
shall be considered as being furnished in place.
B. BEFORE CONNECTING any piece of equipment, check the name plate data against
the information shown on the Drawings and call to the attention of the Architect any
discrepancies thereto.
c. THE EQUIPMENT shall be connected to the conduit system by means of a short
ELECTRlCAL
16000-8
section (18" minimum of flexible conduit unless otherwise indicated. COlmections with
conductors No.6 and smaller, the grounding conductor shall be installed inside the
flexible section. The connection on the line side of the flexible section shall be made by
pulling in the ground conductor back to the nearest box, with necessary increase in
conduit size for the extra conductor, and tenninating the conductor with an approved
grounding type bushing in the box. An alternate method may bc by installing a "C"
conduit between the conduit and the flexible section and terminating the ground
conductor therein by means of a solderless lug bolted to the side wall of the conduit,.
Connections with conductors of No. 4 and larger, the ground conductor shall be
installed on the outside of the flexible section making the connection to the conduit with
an approved grounding clamp.
3.08 CONTROL DEVICES AND CONTROL WIRING:
A. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, all control devices (except motor starters) such
as thermostats, firestats, relays, etc., shall be furnished under other sections of the
Specifications, and shall be wired complete under this Section. The intent of the
diagrams on the Drawings is to show the control devices and the extent of the control
circuiting required, and these diagrams shall not be used on the job. All control
circuiti.ng shall be installed in accordance with diagrams furnished by the
manufacturers of the control equipment and which have been approved by the Architect.
All controls shall be wired by the Electrical Contractor.
3.09 CONDUIT ROOF PENETRATIONS:
A. MAKE CONDUIT roof penetrations only through pipe curb assemblies or pipe seals.
3.10 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT:
A. IDENTIFICATION shall be provided for all electrical equipment installed by the
Contractor. Identification shall clearly describe the equipment function. Method of
identification and description shall be subject to approval of the Architect.
B. PANEL BOARD DIRECTORY cards shall be completed with a typewriter to indicate
areas and/or devices served by each circuit.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL
16000-9
SECTION V
CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
FRONT PAGE OF
PUBLIC PAYMENT BOND
Florida Statute 255.05
BOND NO. SEIFSU
CONTRACTOR: R. Krueger Construction Company
141 Stevens Ave. Ste. #3
Oldsmar, FL 34695
813-814-0778
SURETY: International Fidelity Insurance Company
One Newark Center, 20th FIr
Newark, NJ 07102
973-624-7200
AGENT: Nielson, Wojtowicz, Neu & Associates, Inc.
1126 Central Avenue, Suite 200
St. Petersburg, FL 33705
(727) 209-1803
OBLIGEE: City of Clearwater
100 S. Myrtle Ave
Clearwater, FL 33756
727-562-4630
PROJECT:
Clearwater Community Sailing Center Expansion (07-0040-MA),
1001 Gulf Blvd., Clearwater, FL
This bond is given to comply with
section ~55.05 Florida Statutes, and any
actIon In..t!tl~t<;K1 :7JY a claimant
under this bmv:~; "Of' fJoyment must
be In aCcordance wl,fh the notice
and time Iimitatioll provisions In
Section 255.05(2), Florida
Statutes.
BOND NUMBER:' SEIFSU 0458838
CONTRACT BOND
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY 01~' PINELLAS
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we R. KRUEGER CONSTRUCTl!>N CO..
INC. Contractor and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COl\fPANY (Surety)
whose home address j!-l ONE NEWARK CENTER. 20 Tn JfI,OOR. NEWARK. NEW JERSEY
07102-5207
tn-:RE'rNAFTER CALLED TH.E "Surety", are he.ld and fiml1y bound into the City of Clcalwater,
Florida (hereinafter clllled the "Owner") in the pena.l sum of: T\-VO HUNDRED SIXTY NINE
THOUSAND, TWO HtlNllRED ETGHTY DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($269,280.(10) tor the
payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, ad1llinist~rs, successor::l, and tlssigns for
the faithful perfonnance of a certain wlitten contract, dated the 1<.1 ... day of ~ "
2008, entered into hetween the Contractor and the City ofClearwatel' for: '
CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SAIIJNG CENTER EXPANSION (07-0040-l\fA)
a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by referel1ce and is made a part hereof as iffully
cqpied herein.
NOW THERE,FORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the
Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the
one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract
documents (which include the Advertisell1e"t for. Bid~, ~()nn of Proposal, Form of Contract, Ponn of
Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the
Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be
made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided fOf, and shall indemnity and save har.mless
the said Owner against and thllll all C()sts~ expenses, dama.ges, injury or conduct, Want of care or
skill, negligence or default; including !)atent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents
or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, incl.uding errors in the plans
furnished by the Contractor, and furtl1er, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make
payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, .material, and supplies used directly or
indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractc.m.) in the pros(~cution of
the work provided 1-or ill said Contract, this ohligation shall be VOid, otherwise, the Contractor and
Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difterencl;l belween the sum to which the
said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owntlr may
be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages., direCt or
indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sl.l..'Itain on account of such work~ or OIl account of
the 'failure of the said Contractor to l:>roperJy and in all thmgs, keep and execute all the provisions of
sai d contract. -.
Page 1
CONT.RACT BOND.
(2)
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind them~elves, their successors, executors,
administrators, and ussigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully proted tho said
Owner against, and wi.11 pay any and all amounts, damages, cost.s and judgmel11:~ whkh may he
rec(wered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by
reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, 01' of the repair or maintenance
thereof, or the manner of doing the same Of the neglect of the sald Contractor or his agents or
servants or the improper performance of the sa.id work by the Contractor or hi~ agents or servants, or
the infiingements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished Of work done; as
aforesaid, or otherwise.
And the sajd Cont.ractor and Surc(y hereby further bind thl..:mselves, their successors, heirs,
executo.r~) adminis(Tators, and a~~igl1s, jointly and severally, t.o repay the owner any sum which the
Owner may be compelled to pay becau~e of any lien for labor material furnished 11)f the work,
embraced by !\aid Contract.
And the said Sw'cty, for the value received, hereby stipula.tes and agrees that no change, extension of
lime, alteration or addition to the terms ofthe contract or to the work to be per1offi1cd thereunder or
the ~pecifications accompanying the same shall in any way aflect its obligations on this bond; and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the trons of
the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties her to th..is
day of. !
ATTEST:
By:
see Power-of-Attorney
International Fidelity Insurance Company
SURETY
By:
COUNTERSIGNED:
N/A
N/A
l.ll].ge 2
The President or any Vice President, Executive Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority
(1) To appoint Attorneys-in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and
undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and,
(2) To remove, at any time, any such attorney-in-fact and revoke the authority given.
Further, this Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting
duly called and held on the 29th day of April, 1982 of which the following is a true excerpt:
Now therefore the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such rower of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by
facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile sea shall be valid and bindmg upon the Company and any
such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any
bond or undertaking to which it is attached.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURAKCE COMPANY has caused this instrument to be
signed and its corporate seal to be affixed by its authorized officer, this 31st day of August, A.D. 2003.
STATE OF NEW JERSEY
County of Essex
CONTRACT
u-#\ .
This CONTRACT made and entered into this 1!L- day of IAn"... Q, , 2008 by and between the
City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, here;Jfter designated as the "CIty", and R.
KRUEGER CONSTRUCTION CO.. INC. of the City ofOLDSMAR, County of PINEL LAS and
State of FLORIDA, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements
on the part ofthe other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at
their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the
following:
CLEARWATER COMMUNITY SAILING CENTER EXPANSION (07-0040-MA) IN THE
AMOUNT OF TWO HUNDRED SIXTY NINE THOUSAND, TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY
DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($269,280.00).
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any
advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto
attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the
Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf
and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in
accordance with the provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAYBE
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF
THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES
TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY
CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE
CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED
CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
Page 3
CONTRACT
(2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to confonn to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
termination; rates of payor other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the
provisions ofthe non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for
standard commercial.supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be
due to the Contractor the sum of $1.000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the
Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1.000.00 per
day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and
provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form
satisfactory to it.
Page 4
CONTRACT
(3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
(Seal)
B~ 'B . Akv..u....-::rr.
llham B. Home, II
City Manager
Attest:
Countersigned:
By. ::j~ ~
F~ Hibbard,
Mayor-Councilmember
Camilo Soto
Assistant City Attorney
(Contractor must indicate whether Corporation,
Partnership, Company or Individual.)
i~u.e/eJt. ~t~c.A,;.(6. ~
~
(The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is signing
for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show
his authority to bind the Corporation).
--- - ...--'.....
- -
~ -- ::.:~
- ~
- ~
Page 5
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
(CORPORATION FORM)
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF
On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to
administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn,
deposes and says:
That he is the
(TITLE)
, a Florida Corporation, with its principal place
(herein, the "Contractor").
of
of business located at
That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of
, ~ with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as
Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: CLEARWATER COMMUNITY
SAILING CENTER EXPANSION (07-0040-MA). That said work has now been completed and the
Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with
said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might
become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property.
That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes,
and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in
full satisfaction and discharge of said contract.
That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract.
The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of
the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.
Sworn and subscribed to before me
AFFIANT
This _ day of
, 20
BY:
NOT ARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires:
PRESIDENT
SECTION V CONTRACT. doc
Page 6
Revised: 5/09/2007
PROPOSAL BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT: That we. the undersigned,
R. Krueaer Construction Company. Inc. 8S Principal, and
International Fidelitv Insurance Company as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid
Dollars ($ 10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the
payment of which, wen and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
The condition ofthe above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of R Krueaer
Construction Company. as Principal, and International Fidelity Insurance Company as Surety. for
work specified as: Clearwater Sailino Center Addition. Project #07 -0040-MA
all as stipulated in said proposal, by doing all work. incidental thereto, in accordance with
the plans and specifications provided heretofore, all within Pine lias County, is accepted
and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten
days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required
Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this
obligation shalt be void. otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the
full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated
damages.
Signed this
27th
day of
February
(Principal must indicate whether
corporation, partnership, company or
individual. )
The person signing shaU, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his
own name and his title; the person
signing for a corporation must, by
affidavit. show his authority to birid the
corporation.
2008 .
By: ~
Surety
Kevin Wojtowicz
ce Company
~/
Attorney-in-F act
Tel (973) 624-7200 POWER OF ATTORNEY
INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY
HOME OFFICE: ONE NEWARK CENTER, 20TH FLOOR
JlffiWARK. NEW JERSEY 07102-5207
FOR BID BONDIRIDER/CONSENTS/ AFFIDAVITS
KNOW ALL MEN BY.THESE PRESENTS: That INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing
laws of.the State of New Jetsey, and having its principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey, does hereby constitute and appoint
GLENN ARVANITIS, KEVIN WOJTOWICZ
St. Petersburg, FL.
FL DOT
its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of inde~ty and
other writings obligatory m the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, stature, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise
including any and iill consents for the release of retained percentages and/or [mal estimates on engineering and construction contracts requ.ired by _the Department
of Transportation, State of Florida, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the sald INTERN~ TIONAL
FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by Its regularly
elected officers at its principal office.
This Power of Attorney is executed, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of Article 3-Section 3, of the By-Laws adopted by the Board of
Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting called and held on the 7th day of February, f974.
The President or any Vice President, Executive Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority
(1) To appoint Attorneys-in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and
undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof and,
(2) To remave, at any time, any such attorney-in-fact and revoke the authority given.
further, this Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting
duly called and held on the 29th day of April, 1982 of which the following is a true excerpt:
Now therefore the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Co~any may be affixed to any such power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by
facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile sIgDatures or facsimile seal shalI be valid aDd bindmg ullon the Company and any
such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures lind facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any
bond or undertaking to which it is attached.
STATE OF NEW JERSEY
County of Essex
On this 29th day of August 2003, before me came the individual who executed thlUlrecedin~strument. t~~ .p'~rsonally known. and, being by me duly
sworn, said the he IS the therein described and authorized officer of the INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to
sa!d instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of
said Company.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal, . .
at the City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year first above written.
~"'~
A NOTARY PUBUC OF NEW JERSEY
My Corrunission Expires Nov. 21, 2010
CERTIFICA nON
I, the undersigned officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the
Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the By-Laws of said Company as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON
IN mE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANY, and that the same are correct transCripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power
of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this C)7~ day of
f~(Vtafl1) dzrot
~#P,~
Assistant Secretary
W'fDAyrr
(To be filled in and executed ii\he bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA )
coUNTY OF _ )
Richard KrU~ger .__..._'- ~ being duly sworn, deposes and says that btlshe is
Secretaty of __~. Krueger CJmJtrudion Co, In~ ._--,--'- .>.-.---
a corporation organized and existing under and by vb1:ue of the laws of the State of florida. and having
its pPqcipal office at:
~~~tevens Ave ste 3 Old;Jmar Pinellas
Street & Number City County
Florida
,------"
State
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the recoros. minute books and by-laws of
R. Krueger Construction Co Inc.
_,_..",.;,..-..___...--~:.:.a- .",-,,-~'~-"'"'''-''''-'-"':'_:'''
(Name of Corporation)
Affiant fiJrlher sa\lS that Richard Krueger . .' is President
. _. (Officer's Namef--'- ~"---crjtle)-.-'
of the corporation, is dilly authoriad to sign the Proposal for .~ity of Cle~ater
for said oolpOratton by virtue ofS~ of Florida
(state whether a proyisiOll of by laws or a
. Directors. Wby Resolution
--,-_.-
Sworn to before me this ~_ day of February
JAIMI!f~-*-"~
ry Public, State of Florida
My Comm. Expires June 7. 2008
__,_.-~"' No. DD3~6764 _,_".
Typelprintlstarnp name of No tar}'
Title O! rank, and Serial No", if any
SECTiON V CONTRACT.doc
Pap.
Revised: 5JrlJl2ott!
f
I
I
\
,
COtlNTY OF
Richard Krueger
NON-COLLUSION A6FlOAyrI'
)
~
STATE O'FLOlUDA
President
'h_'.__"'.
.___ being. first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
of R. Krueger Constru~iol!.Co,. Inc.
"'-"'-"~
the party making the tUt'egoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not coiJusivc or shaIn: that
said bidder is not finucially mterested in or ocherwise affiliatl:d in a business wa.y with any othor
bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed. d;rectly
or indirectly, with any biddcm or pel'SOIl. to put in a sham bid or that such othet petSbR shall refrain
from bidding, and has not in any manner. directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collw.i.01\ .of
communica1ion or conference~ with any person, tD fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead. profit or cost d~t of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secwe any
advantage against the City of C1eatWater~ Florida. or any pason or pe:rsons interested in the proposed
oontract; and that all statementS contained in said proposal Of bid are troe; and further. that 5l1ch bidder
has not direc:dy orinditcCtty submitted this bid. or 1he contentS thereof. or divulged infoanaOOn ot" data
relative then::to to any association or to any memb<< or agent thereof.
Swom to and subscribed before me this ~_ day of February "
..2008
JAIME R. LEFEBVRE
Notary Public, State of Florid",
My Comm. Expires June 7.2001'
~ aO~267IU_._~
Notary Public
!
i
\
~~roKrRACT.~
H'''''''_>_~_'''~ ..,........ ""''''''''-''
Page ,
RC'IIised; 5109i1007
raQf9SAL
(1)
TO THE CITY ()li' CLEARWATER. JiLOlUDA, for
Community Sailing Center
<:----.-.:...........:.'!".:____"..-....,.;o;,--.-"-'-<x
.......--'-,,-'-~<-'*,_.,._-_.
--,....".._,.-,................,.---.~_."".,--"--
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents. marked
-~_-.._----",,--
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even. d10ugh his proposal be accepted and the documal18
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made I1lnd by those officials authorized to do soon behalf of
the City of Clearwater. Florida, that no sucbaward or signing Shall be considered it binding contnwt
without a certificate tom the Fmance Director that funds are 8\I'IUlable to cover the rost of the work 10
be done. or without the appro\'al of the City Attorney as to the fOlIn and legality of the contract and aU
tbepertinent dowmemsrelating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and auch bidder is
hereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal,. as bidder. also declares that the only person, pe!SODS. company or parties
interested in this IJroposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has auerlll1y examined the
Advertisement, lm1r\1Ctions to Bidders. Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications.,
General CGnditioo~ Special Provisions., and Contract Bond. that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is nece&S$t)' to determine the ~ and extent of the work and he proposes and
agrees that if the Proposal be ~ he will coo.trad with the City ofClcarwater, Florida, in the foan
of contt-clCt; hereto annexed, to pro'fide the necessary labor, materials. machinery. equipment, tools Of
appatalllSt d.o all the work required to complete the contract l\-ithin the time mentioned. in the General
Conditions and acoording to the reqW%QJ1ent8 of the City of Ocarwatc.r, Flo~ as herein and
hereinafter set f~ and furnish the requiIed .suretyboods fur the following prices to wit:
SECTION v CONTRACf.c1oc
~ast 10
ltc1fiied;-5IW2001
rJlO~
(2)
If the fonltoing Proposal sbal1 be accepted by the City ofCle$tWater. Florida, and the undersigned shall
fail to ex~e a Wi$fa<,1ory contract as stltcd in the Advettisemcot herein attaebed, then me City may.
at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the conttact, and thereupon this Proposal
shall be null and void, and the =tiDed c:beck or bond accompanying this Proposal. shall be forfeited to
become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be
retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be ~ the full amount of such bond shail be paid to the
City as stipulated or .liquidated danuf&esi otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this
Pr0p0sa4 or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
. Attached heretO is~r certified check on .._.>-"">>_.,~>_..~,.
.._~>,>_,._..._>.._~_._..,__B~ for the SUIn of_>..~__.~
_W'-_{bcing a roinbDUm of io% of CoDtndor's total bid amount).
The full names and resi<teooes of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(S
)
(If corpora~ give the names and addresses of the P1aident and Sec:rdary. Iffirm orpmnersbip, tl-.e
names and addresses of the memberS or~' The Bidder sbatl1ist not only his name but also the
name of any pQ'SOll with whom bidder bas an)' type of agreement whereby wch person's Unprovements.
enrichment., anploymem. or possible benefit. whether sub-oontractor, materialman, ~. supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES:
ADDRESSES:
Richard Krueger, President 618 Fayette Dr S Safety Harbor, FL 34695
-,------------
-~'.._"
. .Com
(The bidder must indicate
1
I
I
L_.
StCl10N V CONTRACT.dot
PageH
R....lscd: 6'1812001
T i=IJ'<I'IIllI - T' 11.
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing sha11, in his own handwritin& sign the Principal's name, biB own name and his titlo.
Where the penon sigPiDg fora corporation is other than the President or Vico-Presiden~ he must, by
affidavit, show his rity, to bind the corporation.
Principal;, j .J/~~I"L '..
-~,_..."",,-=;.:,-
Title: _8di&~f
idder. ~.~1 stevel'1! Ave Ste 3.
Cityand State: _~Idsmar, FL
lip Code 34~??
Dated at
_.~ this 27th dayof February ._.--' A.D., ~
SecTION v COl'fJ'RA(..,...doc
Paa;e12
~.. 611812007
em oJ! a.,W..ARWATD
AJ)DENDUMSBltET
..
PROJECf: cLEARWATER COMMlJNITV SAILING
CEN"rD EXPANSION (D7..004o..MA)
Acknowledp1C1'lt is hereby made of the following addenda reecivcd,;~ 1SSWUl(e of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. ):)ate:
Addendum No. __ Date: ..
Addendum No. _ Date:
Addendum No. _ Date:
Addendnm No. Date:
A.ckle.adum No. Date:
Addendum No.. __Date:
Addendum No. _Date:
President
--~_..,..-_._-,-,..
(Title of Officer)
2127108
(Date)
SECTION V CONTRACT.doc
Page IJ
~ 5l0W2007
IIPHR.'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: CtWWAlPl~MfV$4ftmPaN'IU ~~ftI'1""'MAl
910 )TEMS
1 COJlstruCt a two...story expanslo.ofwooeJ
and eonerete deeks aad sWr's to tile
existing Commuoity SaDing Center of
I approximately 1,650 sq.are feet per floor.
1 The work indudes, but is not Umited to:
~
t site. elm, telephone, electrical, masolll'Y,
rooting, site restondon and aU other
elements shown 00 the constnactlon
dnwi and teell.al s iDeations.
--
2 IO%C.oNl1NOtiNCY
UNIT
EST.
TV. .
LS
VNrf
PRlCI
TOTAL
II>A44 BoO.-
,
.-
LS
s
TOTAL cONSTRucrWN COST (J'UMS 1) $
C~vrRA("'OR: R Krueger Construction Co. Inc.
.,..,.'" '_ ,11:_"
BIDDER'S ro'fAl~ S ~~~, ~ 86. - (Numbers)
BIDDERtSTOTAL S Two YrI.u't4,II..1d ~AU-: f1J - iJVll.... oj4-Jl1tlU"",A 'r'-'''--
fwo hurvJ/u d..., (W()rds)
THE BlDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE: IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON IUS UNIT PRICES AND
I~UMPSUMPRlCES ANDTBE ESTIMA1"ED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS
FOR INFORMATION ONLY A.... TIlE TIME 'OF OPItNING BIDS. THE crrv' WU.L MAKE
THE TABULATION FROM THE UNrr PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE
. JS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY 11IE BIDDER. If SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY
TBEUNrr PRICES A~D LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
Date: 4/15/08 Time: 1:42 PM To:
Page: 002
8 9,8140780
ACOR!t CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MMlDDIVYV'f)
04/15/2008
PRODUCER (813)229-8021 FAX (813)229-2795 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
M. E. Wilson Company, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
300 West Platt Street, Ste 200 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
P.O. Box 373
TaJ1f>a, Fl 33601 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC#
INSURED R. Krueger Const ructi on. Inc. INSURER A Amerisure Mutual Ins Co
141 Stevens Avenue, Suite 3 INSURER B Amerisure Insurance Company 19488
01 dsmar , Fl 34677 INSURER C
INSURER D:
INSURER E:
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
I~ ~g~ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY Nt.IEER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY Gl2047731 08/15/2007 08/15/2008 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000
-
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ~~~Eb~O RENTED $ 100,000
- tJ CLAIMS MADE [!] OCCUR
MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 10,000
A - l,OOO,OOC
PERSONAL & mv INJURY $
- 2,OOO,OOC
GENERAL AGGREGATE $
- 2,OOO,OOC
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $
I POLICY rxl j~tr n LOC
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CA2047732 08/15/2007 08/15/2008 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
I-- $
X ANY AUTO (Ea aCCIdent) 1,000,000
I--
ALL OWNED AUTOS BODIL Y INJURY
I-- $
SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person)
B I--
X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
"x $
NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per aCCident)
I--
I-- PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident)
GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONL Y - EA ACCIDENT $
R ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONLY AGG $
EXCESSAJMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $
~ OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $
$
=1 DEDUCTIBLE $
RETENTION $ $
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC2047728 08/15/2007 08/15/2008 X I ;xgvs;r~r,\t" 1 lOJ~-
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 500 , 00(
A ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERlEXECUTIVE EL EACH ACCIDENT $
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? EL DISEASE. EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000
If yes, describe under EL. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000
SPECIAL PROVISIONS below
OTHER
DESCRIPT10N OF OPERATIONS' LOCATIONS 'VEHICLES' EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT' SPEClAI. PROVISIONS
~ertificate holder is included as an additional insured as respects general 1 iabil ity.
City of Clearwater
100 S. Myrtle Avenue
Clearwater, Fl 33756-5520
SHOlA.D AN'( OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY
OF AN'( KIND UPON THE INSURER. ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES,
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE CJ.11 -J~
Janet Da JD r-.
ACORD 25 (2001/08)
@)ACORDCORPORATION '1988
Date: 4/15/08 Time: 1:42 PM To:
Page: 003
@ 9,8140780
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25 (2001/08)